Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd

Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd

ntb · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ntb
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A Foundation for Growth 

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

2
0
1
1

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited

Annual Report 2011

 
 
Cover: Banyan tree, Hamilton Parish, Bermuda

About Butterfield

Butterfield is a diversified financial services Group operating in seven jurisdictions. We have total 

assets of $8.8 billion and $71.7 billion of client assets under administration. We employ over 1,300 

people around the world. The parent company, The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited, is a publicly 

traded company with a primary share listing on the Bermuda Stock Exchange and a secondary listing on 

the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange. Additional information can be obtained from our website,  

www.butterfieldgroup.com.

1

“Butterfield is pursuing a strategy that will continu e to

 strength en th e company and promote its long-term growth.” 

2

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER TO THE SHAREHOLDERS

I am pleased to report that Butterfield returned to profitability 

Subject to his election to the Board, the Directors intend to appoint 

in 2011, producing net income of $40.5 million and delivering 

Brendan McDonagh to the position of Executive Chairman of the 

operating profits in each quarter. The Bank’s 2011 income is modest 

Bank. Mr. McDonagh is a career banker with more than 30 years of 

by historical standards, reflecting a period of protracted economic 

international experience in consumer finance, retail and commercial 

dislocation and low interest rates. Against that backdrop, the Bank’s 

banking and wealth management. His knowledge and experience will 

financial performance in 2011 should be viewed as an important 

be advantageous to the Board as it works to continue to move the 

accomplishment and evidence that the Bank is on a solid financial 

Bank forward on its current, profitable trajectory. 

base following an extremely difficult period. 

Butterfield was adversely impacted during the global financial crisis 

April 2011, filling the vacancy created by the earlier resignation of 

by investments in troubled asset-backed securities and the  

Julian Francis. Additionally, Victor Dodig replaced John Orr as one of 

non-performance of certain loans. In response, the Bank raised 

CIBC’s nominees to the Board in August. James Burr, whose term as a 

$750 million of new capital during 2009 and 2010, and over the past 

Director expires in 2012, will not stand for re-election. Olivier Sarkozy 

two years, has deployed that capital to de-risk the Balance Sheet 

is nominated to replace Mr. Burr as one of Carlyle’s two nominees to 

The Board transition also saw Barclay Simmons join as a Director in 

and enhance business systems and structures. The resulting dilutive 

the Board.

impact of the recapitalisation on legacy Shareholders’ ownership was 

severe, but the actions taken to address underperforming assets, 

It has been my honour to have been a member of the Board for the 

improve the Bank’s operating infrastructure and control costs have 

past 15 years and Chairman since February 2008; unfortunately the 

created a foundation for rebuilding Shareholder value. Butterfield is 

beginning of the financial crisis and the toughest years in Butterfield’s 

pursuing a strategy that will continue to strengthen the company and 

154-year history. I have had the opportunity to work closely with many 

promote its long-term growth. 

talented Directors and the Bank’s dedicated employees. I believe 

that the Bank, its employees and the communities we serve are in an 

During 2011, Butterfield paid dividends totalling $16 million on 

excellent position following the Bank’s recapitalisation.

outstanding Preference Shares. Consistent with the Board’s view that 

the distribution of profits should be suspended until such time as the 

I extend my sincere best wishes to Mr. McDonagh. I am confident that, 

Bank is generating sufficient income to allow for a meaningful  

under his leadership, the Board will continue to successfully rebuild 

per-Share dividend, no dividends were declared or paid on Common 

value for the benefit of Butterfield Shareholders.

Shares in 2011. Holders of Contingent Value Convertible Preference 

Shares (“CVCP Shares”), issued in 2010 as part of our rights offering, 

were eligible for certain distributions in connection with the sale or 
public offering of the Bank’s equity interest in fund administrator 

Butterfield Fulcrum Group Limited (“BFG”). In the second quarter, 

the Bank completed the sale of its minority interest in BFG, resulting 

in a distribution of $3.3 million (or $0.42 per CVCP Share). 

I committed to Shareholders that, following the recapitalisation, 

we would work to accomplish an orderly transition of the Board to 

provide continuity of experience. As part of this transition I have 

advised the Board that I will retire as a member of the Board and 

Chairman effective at the close of the 2012 Annual General Meeting. 
Robert Steinhoff, Vice Chairman, has similarly announced his 

retirement from the Board effective at the close of the 2012 Annual 

General Meeting.  

Robert A. Mulderig 
Chairman of the Board

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    3

“We ha ve realigned our resources to areas with 

greater growth potential…” 

4

PRESIDENT &  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT

2011 was a year of transition for Butterfield; one in which we continued 

to institutions paying higher interest. Average deposits for 2011 

to build a foundation for future growth. Our focus was on enhancing 

decreased by $356 million versus 2010. The Bank’s core deposits, 

profitability, maintaining and further strengthening our Balance Sheet 

consisting primarily of demand deposits and savings deposits, 

and investing in our core businesses of community banking and  

remained stable.

wealth management.

ENHANCING PROFITABILITY
Despite a difficult operating environment for banks, with low interest 

rates and depressed demand for some services, Butterfield generated 

The Bank also remained in a very liquid position, with the percentage 

of assets held in cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and 

investments totalling 46.5% at year end.

net income of $40.5 million for the year, with four profitable quarters. 

Reflective of our conservative investment stance, the Bank sought to 

limit its exposure to the debt crisis in Europe and actively reduced its 

Revenue was up by $30.5 million versus normalised 2010 figures. 

exposure to Continental Europe in the fourth quarter.

Contributing substantially to our 2011 earnings was an increase in net 

interest income before provisions for credit losses of $34.8 million. 

Although we have seen an increase in the incidence of delinquencies 

The Bank’s net interest margin increased by 47 basis points to 2.50% 

in loan and mortgage payments, the increase is commensurate with 

in 2011.

the general economic decline. Non-accrual loans as a percentage 

of total loans declined to 2.8% at the end of 2011 from 3.9% in 2010, 

As a result of streamlining certain processes, the introduction of new 

whilst non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets was 

technology and a reduced demand for some services, headcount was 

1.7%, a reflection of the transfer of $27.4 million of non-accrual loans 

reduced by 135 across the Group.

to the “Other Real Estate Owned” category in settlement of certain 

commercial loans and foreclosed residential property. The Bank 

Butterfield had no significant investment losses and recognised no 

employs conservative standards in its lending activities and, during 

other-than-temporary impairments on investments during 2011, having 

these challenging times, has exercised flexibility with customers who 

dealt decisively with its problematic assets following the capital raise 

are experiencing difficulty in repaying loans on the original terms.    

in 2010. Charge-offs against loans were $23.8 million in 2011 amidst 

ongoing economic challenges (compared to $107.9 million in 2010). 

Through our private banking businesses in Guernsey and the United 

STRENGTHENING THE BALANCE SHEET
As a result of ongoing diligence with respect to the quality of 

Kingdom, we began targeting under-served segments of the lending 

market in 2011, increasing residential lending to high net worth clients 

who purchased prime Central London properties. The addition 

investments and loans we make, our Balance Sheet was further 
strengthened in 2011. 

of these high quality assets, in combination with the extension of 
additional credit facilities to the Government of Bermuda, contributed 

Total assets decreased by $799 million to end the year at $8.8 billion, 

Loans represented a conservative 48.1% of total assets and 57.4% of 

to an increase in the loan portfolio of $200 million during the year. 

the year-on-year decrease owed primarily to fluctuations in hedge 

customer deposits at year end.

fund deposits and some loss of non-core deposits that migrated 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    5

CAPITAL
During 2011, the Bank’s capital position improved from already-strong 

Michael Neff, Head of Group Asset Management, who joined 

2010 levels. The Tier 1 capital ratio was 17.7% at year end, and the total 

Butterfield in early 2011, is working to strengthen and grow the asset 

capital ratio stood at 23.5%, well ahead of both industry norms and 

management offerings across the Group. Our asset management 

regulatory minimums. Butterfield’s tangible common equity ratio was 

strategy involves the rationalisation of the Butterfield Fund line 

6.6% and the tangible total equity ratio was 8.9% at 31 December 2011.

up, partnering with third-party investment managers to deliver new 

INVESTING IN OUR CORE BUSINESSES
During the year, the Bank completed a three-year project to convert 

its core banking systems in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands to a new 

Oracle platform managed by HP. The new systems replace software 

that was beyond its service life and provide the Bank with a  

state-of-the-art platform. They allow the Bank to improve stability, risk 

management and customer service. With the same banking platform in 

place in our two largest jurisdictions, we also have more opportunities 

to gain efficiencies from the synchronisation of processes and product 

line ups moving forward.

products and tailoring products and services to clients’ life stages and 

advisory requirements. 

During the year, we introduced a managed portfolio service and an 

online brokerage service in Bermuda—the first of its kind in the 

jurisdiction—making a wide range of US exchange-traded securities 

available to self-directed retail investors. The online brokerage 

service will continue to be expanded to include third-party funds. For 

institutional clients, we introduced the BNY Mellon Butterfield Income 

Advantage Fund, a fixed income fund with a low risk profile that aims 

to deliver higher returns than money market funds.

We realigned our trust businesses across the Group under a 

centralised reporting structure in 2011. Bob Moore, who was previously 

Managing Director of our Guernsey bank, took on the role of Head 

of Group Trust in July and is working to harmonise our offerings and 

approach to the marketing and delivery of fiduciary services across the 

Group. Work continues on installing new systems for our Group trust 

businesses in key jurisdictions. 

SERVING OUR COMMUNITIES 
Community banking is a core Butterfield business and investing in 

people and projects that are helping improve the prosperity and  

well-being of people in our markets is viewed as an important 

investment for the Bank. To that end, we provided sponsorship, 

donations and the helping hands of employee volunteers to  

deserving organisations and events across our jurisdictions in 2011.

6

Working together, the Board, the Bank’s Management team and our 

instrumental in helping Butterfield secure new sources of capital to 

employees have made great progress under our strategy to streamline 

enable the Bank to survive the financial crisis and emerge in a position 

and strengthen our businesses and processes. We have realigned 

to prosper as the global economy recovers. I would also like to extend 

our resources to areas with greater growth potential, and trimmed 

thanks to Director James Burr, who will be leaving the Board in 2012, for 

underperforming assets and offerings in the interest of fostering  

his valued contributions to Butterfield. 

future profitability.

Our success in strengthening the Bank financially has been recognised 

we enjoy from our clients and Shareholders. 

Finally, I would like to express my appreciation for the ongoing support 

by the rating agencies. In 2011, both Fitch and Standard & Poor’s 

affirmed our ratings, the latter on more stringent criteria that saw many 

international banks downgraded during the year.

The financial press, too, has acknowledged our progress and 

recognised our people for their expertise. Several of our senior 

executives in Europe were included among Citywealth’s  honoured 

practitioners in the areas of trust, investment management and private 

banking. Euromoney recently identified Butterfield in Bermuda and 

the Caribbean as providing the “Best Private Banking Services” in a 

number of key areas.

On behalf of the Management team, I would like to thank Chairman 

Robert Mulderig and Vice Chairman Robert Steinhoff, who will both 

retire following the 2012 Annual General Meeting, for their many years 

of service to Butterfield. Both Mr. Mulderig and Mr. Steinhoff were 

Bradford Kopp 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    7

BOARD OF DIRECTORS &  
PRINCIPAL BOARD COMMITTEES 

L to R - Back Row: Richard Venn, Victor G. Dodig, Wolfgang Schoellkopf, Bradford Kopp, Brendan McDonagh, Barclay Simmons, James Burr, Shaun Morris
Front Row: Sheila Lines, Robert Steinhoff, Robert A. Mulderig, Pauline Richards, John Wright

COMMITTEES INDICATED BY NUMBERS

1,5

CHAIRMAN

ROBERT A. MULDERIG*
Retired Chariman & Chief Executive Officer,

Mutual Risk Management Ltd.

1

1,3

BRADFORD KOPP
President & Chief Executive Officer,

WOLFGANG SCHOELLKOPF
Managing Partner, 

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited

Lykos Capital Management

Chairman, Woodmont Trust Co. Ltd.

2,4,6

1,2,5

VICE CHAIRMAN*

ROBERT STEINHOFF
Retired Partner, KPMG
Director, Argus Insurance Co. Ltd.

2,5,6

JAMES BURR
Managing Director,  

Carlyle Global Financial Services Group

SHEILA LINES*
Chief Executive Officer, 

KeyTech Limited

1,4

SHAUN MORRIS*
Partner,  

Appleby Bermuda law firm

2,4,6

PAULINE RICHARDS*
Chief Operating Officer, 

3,4

VICTOR G. DODIG
Senior Executive Vice-President 

Armour Group Holdings Limited

Director, Wyndham Worldwide Inc.

Director, Apollo Global Management, LLC

and Group Head, Wealth Management, CIBC

Former Director and Audit Committee Chair,

Cendant Corporation

3,5

BARCLAY SIMMONS*
Managing Partner,

Attride-Stirling & Woloniecki, 

Barristers & Attorneys

1,3,5

RICHARD VENN
Senior Executive Vice-President, 

Advisor to the CEO Office, CIBC

3,6

JOHN WRIGHT*
Retired Bank Chief Executive

*Independent, Non-Executive Director. On an annual basis, the Corporate Governance Committee ensures the appropriate composition of the Board 
and its Committees in accordance with the Group’s Corporate Governance Policy. The assessment of the independence of a Director is based upon a 
number of factors including, but not limited to: whether he or she has been employed by the Group within the last five years; whether he or she has 
had, within the last three years, a material relationship with the Group; and whether he or she represents a significant Shareholder.

8

PRINCIPAL BOARD COMMITTEES

1.  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE 

3.  RISK POLICY & COMPLIANCE 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
Supports the Board in fulfilling its 

COMMITTEE  
Focuses on credit, market and 

5.  COMPENSATION & HUMAN 
RESOURCES COMMITTEE  
Focuses on compensation and 

overall governance responsibilities. 

operational risk. 

benefits, employee development and 

succession. 

2.  AUDIT COMMITTEE 

4.  CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Oversees Butterfield’s financial 

reports, internal financial controls, 

COMMITTEE 
Focuses on Directors’ and Board 

6.  AD HOC I.T. COMMITTEE 

Focuses on technology and systems 

internal audit processes and 

Committee governance, performance 

development.

compliance. 

and Directors’ nominations. 

On 5 January 2012, the Bank announced that Brendan McDonagh, who was previously Chief Executive Officer, HSBC North America and 

Group Managing Director, HSBC Holdings plc, will be nominated for election to its Board of Directors at the 2012 Annual General Meeting of 

Shareholders. Subject to his election, the Directors intend to appoint Mr. McDonagh to the position of Executive Chairman of the Bank.

DIRECTORS’ CODE OF PRACTICE AND GROUP CODE OF CONDUCT
The Directors have adopted a Code of Best Practice based upon recommended principles of corporate governance. In implementing the Code, 

the Board meets regularly, retains full effective control over the Bank, and monitors Executive Management. A Group Code of Conduct applies to 
Directors and employees and imposes Butterfield’s principles of business, including ethics and conflicts of interest. Copies of the Codes can 

be accessed on www.butterfieldgroup.com.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    9

 
  
  
SENIOR MANAGEMENT

BRADFORD KOPP*
President & Chief Executive Officer

PHILIP JONES 
Senior Relationship Manager &

MARTIN POLLOCK
Managing Director,

Deputy Head of Corporate Banking, 

Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited

Bermuda  

CHARLES LAWRENCE
Senior Vice President,

Treasury, Bermuda

SEAN LEE
Executive Vice President,

Retail Banking, Bermuda

JOHN MARAGLIANO
Senior Vice President,

Finance

JULIEN MARTEL
Managing Director,

JONATHAN RAYNOR
Senior Vice President,

Group Head of Compliance & Risk Change

JOHN ROBINSON
Managing Director,

Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited

BRADLEY ROWSE*
Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer

NIR SADEH
Senior Vice President,

Private Banking, Bermuda

Butterfield Bank (Bahamas) Limited

MICHAEL MCWATT
Executive Vice President,  

RICHARD SAUNDERS 
Head of European Asset Management

Banking and Deputy Managing Director,

Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited

W. AARON M. SPENCER
Senior Vice President,

Operations and Information Technology

JAMES MCPHERSON*
Senior Vice President,

Group Internal Audit

ROBERT MOORE*
Executive Vice President,

Head of Group Trust

MICHAEL NEFF*
Executive Vice President,

Head of Group Asset Management

JIM PARKER
Managing Director,
Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited

RAYMOND SYKES
Managing Director,

Butterfield Bank (UK) Limited

LLOYD WIGGAN
Managing Director,

Butterfield Bank (Barbados) Limited

BOB WILSON
Executive Vice President,

Corporate Banking, Bermuda

MICHAEL COLLINS*
Senior Executive Vice President, 

Bermuda

CONOR O’DEA*
Senior Executive Vice President,

International Banking and Managing 

Director, Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited

CURTIS BALLANTYNE
Senior Vice President,

Chief Credit Officer

SHEILA BROWN
Senior Vice President,

Investment Services, Bermuda 

CURTIS DICKINSON
Executive Vice President,

Group Capital Markets & Treasury

ERWIN DIKAU 
Chief Financial Officer,  

Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited 

WILTON DOLLOFF*
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer

DANIEL FRUMKIN*
Executive Vice President,

Chief Risk Officer

DONNA HARVEY MAYBURY*
Executive Vice President,

Human Resources

PAUL HODGSON 
Managing Director,

Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited 

*Member, Group Executive Committee

10

CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
AND FINANCIAL CONDITION 
(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:69)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:33)(cid:66)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:108)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:34)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:71)(cid:89)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:17)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:69)(cid:87)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:75)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:78)(cid:86)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:18)(cid:16)(cid:17)(cid:18)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:85)(cid:84)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:75)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:85)(cid:77)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:0)

 CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND DISCUSSION FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2011 

 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND DISCUSSION 

 OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

 RISK MANAGEMENT 

JURISDICTION AND GROUP BUSINESS OVERVIEWS 
(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:66)(cid:65)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:34)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:89)(cid:77)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:83)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:83)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:39)(cid:85)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:53)(cid:78)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:43)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:39)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:0)(cid:52)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:84)(cid:0)

FINANCIALS  
(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:45)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:7)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:66)(cid:73)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:33)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:7)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:50)(cid:69)(cid:80)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:84)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:34)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:69)(cid:84)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:47)(cid:80)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:73)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:71)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:72)(cid:65)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:7)(cid:0)(cid:37)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:73)(cid:84)(cid:89)(cid:0)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:69)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:73)(cid:86)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:41)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:79)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:8)(cid:44)(cid:79)(cid:83)(cid:83)(cid:9)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:79)(cid:70)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:65)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:76)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:83)(cid:0)

(cid:115)(cid:0) (cid:46)(cid:79)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:83)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:79)(cid:0)(cid:84)(cid:72)(cid:69)(cid:0)(cid:35)(cid:79)(cid:78)(cid:83)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:68)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:68)(cid:0)(cid:38)(cid:73)(cid:78)(cid:65)(cid:78)(cid:67)(cid:73)(cid:65)(cid:76)(cid:0)(cid:51)(cid:84)(cid:65)(cid:84)(cid:69)(cid:77)(cid:69)(cid:78)(cid:84)(cid:83)(cid:0)

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

12 

(cid:17)(cid:18)

(cid:17)(cid:19)

(cid:17)(cid:19)

(cid:17)(cid:19)

(cid:17)(cid:20)

(cid:17)(cid:21)

(cid:17)(cid:22)

17

26

35

37

41 

(cid:20)(cid:17)

(cid:20)(cid:18)

(cid:20)(cid:20)

(cid:20)(cid:22)

(cid:20)(cid:24)

(cid:20)(cid:25)

(cid:21)(cid:16)

52 

(cid:21)(cid:19)

(cid:21)(cid:20)

(cid:21)(cid:21)

(cid:21)(cid:22)

(cid:21)(cid:23)

(cid:21)(cid:25)

(cid:22)(cid:16)

102

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    11

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION 

The financial overview of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements 

and the related notes. The Financial Statements and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 

the United States of America (GAAP). All references to “Butterfield”, the “Group” or the “Bank” refer to The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 

and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Certain statements in this discussion and analysis may be deemed to include “forward looking 

statements” and are based on Management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Forward looking 

statements are not historical facts but instead represent only Management’s belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are 

inherently uncertain and outside of Management’s control. Actual results may differ materially from those included in these statements due to a 

variety of factors, including worldwide economic conditions, success in business retention and obtaining new business and other factors.

PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
We use a number of financial measures to assess the performance 

Total Capital Ratio
The Total Capital Ratio measures the amount of the Bank’s capital in 

of our business lines. Some measures are calculated in accordance 

relation to the amount of risk it is taking. All banks must ensure that a 

with GAAP while other measures do not have a standardised meaning 

reasonable proportion of their risk is covered by permanent capital. 

under GAAP. Accordingly, these measures, described below, may 

Under Basel II, Pillar I, banks must maintain a minimum total capital 

not be comparable with similar measures used by other companies. 

ratio of 8%. In effect, this means that 8% of RWA must be covered by 

Investors may, however, find these non-GAAP financial measures 

permanent or near permanent capital. At least half of the regulatory 

useful in analysing financial performance.

capital must fall into Tier 1, which only takes into account the pure 

Return on Assets (“ROA”)
ROA is an indicator of profitability relative to total assets. ROA 

process takes into account the relative risk of various types of lending. 

The higher the capital adequacy ratio a bank has, the greater the level 

demonstrates how efficient Management is at using assets to  

of unexpected losses it can absorb before becoming insolvent. 

equity capital so the Tier 1 ratio must be at least 6%. The risk weighting 

generate earnings. The ROA ratio is calculated as Annual earnings / 

Average total assets.

Tangible Common Equity / Tangible Asset Ratio (“TCE / TA”)
TCE / TA is used to determine how much loss the Bank can take before 

Return on Common Shareholders’ Equity (“ROE”)
ROE measures profitability by revealing how much profit is generated 

Shareholder equity is impacted. The TCE / TA ratio is calculated as 

(Common equity - Intangible assets - Goodwill) / Tangible assets. 

with the money invested by Shareholders. ROE is the amount 

Common equity is the Bank’s Total Shareholders’ equity less the 

of net income returned as a percentage of Shareholders’ Equity 

$200 million liquidation preference on Preference Shares. Tangible 

and calculated as Net Income / Average Shareholders’ Equity. Net 

assets are the Bank’s total assets less goodwill and intangibles. 

income is for the full fiscal year (before dividends paid to Common 

stock holders but after dividends to Preferred stock). Common 

Shareholders’ Equity does not include the $200 million liquidation 

Net Interest Margin (“NIM”)
NIM is a performance metric that examines how successful the Bank’s 

preference on Preference Shares. 

investment decisions are compared to its cost of funding assets 

and is calculated as (Interest income – Interest expenses) / Average 

Tier 1 Capital Ratio
The Tier 1 Capital Ratio is the ratio of the Bank’s core equity capital, 

Interest Earning Assets. The daily average was used in calculating the 
average balance for deposits to avoid any distortion caused by large 

as measured under Basel II, to its total risk-weighted assets (“RWA”). 

fluctuations.

RWA are the total of all assets held by the Bank weighted by credit risk 

according to a formula determined by the Regulator. The Bank follows 

the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) guidelines in 

setting formulae for asset risk weights. 

Tier 1 Common Ratio
The Tier 1 Common Ratio is the same as the Tier 1 Capital Ratio but 

only includes Common equity in the numerator and deducts the  

$200 million liquidation preference on Preference Shares.

Efficiency Ratio
The Efficiency Ratio is defined as non-interest expenses before 

amortisation of intangible assets and income taxes as a percentage of 

total revenue before gains and losses and provisions for credit losses. 

12

ABOUT BUTTERFIELD
Established in 1858, Butterfield provides community banking and wealth management in Bermuda and select markets in the Caribbean and 

Europe. Today we are the largest independent bank in Bermuda and have a significant market position in the Cayman Islands. Group-wide, 

we have over 1,300 employees across seven jurisdictions. Butterfield offers a full range of community banking services in Bermuda, Barbados and 

the Cayman Islands, consisting of institutional, corporate, commercial and retail banking and treasury activities. In wealth management, we provide 

private banking, asset management, custody and trust services to individual, family, institutional and corporate clients from our headquarters in 

Bermuda and subsidiary offices in The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. 

BUSINESS STRATEGY
Whilst remaining well capitalised with strong liquidity, our strategic 

Given the large, loyal customer deposit base enjoyed in our main 

focus is on building Shareholder value by expanding our share of the 

jurisdictions, and the relatively low volume of lending demand from 

community and private banking markets in jurisdictions in which we 

our customer base, our investment strategy is more important than 

have a meaningful presence and a depth of local market knowledge. 

to most financial institutions. At 31 December 2011, we had $4.1 

Our strategy also involves leveraging our multi-jurisdictional trust, 

billion of cash and investments representing almost 47% of total 

custody and asset management offerings to build our wealth 

assets. In recognition of this defining characteristic of Butterfield, we 

management business from both cross-referrals with existing 

have adopted a conservative approach to our investments, including 

customers and new client generation from our core and new growth 

significantly reducing the list of international banks from whom we will 

markets. We aim to build upon our relationship-based business 

purchase certificates of deposit. 2011 also represented a significant 

approach by delivering exceptional client service experiences, 

advancement in reducing our Interest Rate Risk, which measures the 

as well as a wide range of products to meet our clients’ financial 

degree to which our profitability is at risk due to changes in interest 

services needs.

rates. This advancement has allowed us to improve the profitability of 

our investments despite the ongoing challenges of a low and volatile 

The wide range of products we offer is reflective of our strategy of 

investment climate and without increasing credit risk. Our continued 

pursuing diversified business lines, including private banking, asset 

management of Interest Rate Risk requires us to purchase fixed rate 

management, custody, corporate trust and personal trust services. 

investments that, while complying with our credit safety requirements, 

Those diverse businesses directly contribute to the high level of fee 

will experience temporary declines in market values when rates 

income relative to our total income. Despite the current economic 

start to increase. Rising interest rates will improve the profitability of 

environment reducing the volume of customer activity, our fee income 

Butterfield, such that these anticipated negative marks are part of our 

remains at almost 39% of revenue before provisions and gains 

strategy—they will not affect earnings, as they are not credit related, 

or losses.

but they will potentially give rise to negative impacts in equity through 

“Other Comprehensive Income”. To minimise the impact on our equity 

To build on our community banking and wealth management 

in such circumstances, while implementing proper management of 

strategies, we will also leverage our strong and loyal client base. 

Interest Rate Risk, we have instituted a Held to Maturity (“HTM”) 

Unlike many banks, Butterfield is almost exclusively funded by our 

portfolio of $64.8 million at year end. This portfolio is expected to 

Shareholders and our customers. Our core customer deposits have 

grow to up to $250 million and the range of permitted investments 

been remarkably stable throughout the crisis. In 2011, we focused on 

is very limited to ensure a very high credit quality. Unless modified 

these core deposits and pricing discipline to significantly improve 

by the Board of Directors, the HTM investments must be explicitly or 

their contribution to net interest income. This contribution reflects 

implicitly guaranteed by a G7 nation or supranational, rated AA+ or 

the strength of being a deposit-led organisation even in times of low 

better in either case.

interest rates.

To support our strategy, we have realigned our Management structure 

to focus on lines of business and central support services with 

less emphasis on independent management and support teams 

by jurisdiction. However, we remain flexible and nimble in each 

jurisdiction, with decision making on client service-related matters 

based locally. In addition, we have invested heavily—and continue to 

invest—in new technology that allows for new and flexible products, 

enhanced customer service and a streamlined, more efficient 

operation. We expect our recent investment in new core banking 

systems in our two largest markets—Bermuda and the Cayman  

Islands—will help drive new revenue opportunities, improved 

internal control, and operational efficiencies. Our strategy of moving to 

centralised support services and centres of excellence is enhanced by 

these technological investments and will drive further efficiencies. 

2011 OVERVIEW 
During 2011, we continued to build our core infrastructure, made 

progress in rightsizing our cost base, and generated revenue growth 

of 9.8%. Overall, we are pleased with the direction of Butterfield’s 

financial performance in 2011, delivering net income of $40.5 million 

following two years of significant losses. However, our goal of returning 

to a position of greater sustainable profitability remains a work 

in progress. We are resolute in our commitment to continuing the 

positive momentum we have developed and to improving  

Shareholder value. 

More effective deployment of liquidity, combined with disciplined 

deposit pricing drove a 19.4% increase in net interest income before 

credit losses. Cost management objectives established in 2010 

were achieved, contributing to a 3.5% decrease in operating costs, 

a reduction in headcount of 135, and a 10.4% improvement in the 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    13

efficiency ratio. However, these improvements were partially offset 

by declines in non-interest income as the recessionary environment 

MARKET ENVIRONMENT
For much of 2011, the impact of the sovereign debt crisis in Europe 

caused continued declines in transaction volumes with some loss of 

overshadowed the more encouraging economic news from western 

business from customers restructuring their own businesses. Our core 

economies, creating uncertainty and market volatility as market 

deposits remained stable in all jurisdictions, whilst maturing higher 

participants attempted to interpret the impact on the near-term 

priced deposits in Bermuda, Guernsey and the United Kingdom 

macro economic direction. The fear of a double-dip recession in the 

migrated to financial institutions willing to pay higher deposit rates.

United States subsided in the second half of the year, whilst European 

Key Accomplishments in 2011 were as follows:

(cid:115)(cid:0) Systems: We implemented new core banking systems in 

Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Capital: We maintained a strong capital position, with over  

$1.0 billion of regulatory capital, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 17.7% at 
31 December 2011, with a TCE / TA ratio of 6.6%, up 13.8% from 
5.8% in 2010.  

(cid:115)(cid:0) Profitability: The Bank delivered four consecutive quarters of 

political disputes and threats of disruption of oil production in the 

Middle East violently swayed markets. Consistent with the volatility, 

the impacts in the economies in which we operate were mixed. Island 

economies have generally experienced rising unemployment and 

shrinking populations as companies have downsized and moved 

central support services to less expensive jurisdictions. This has had 

a ripple effect as demand for local business services has declined. 

In Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, the worst impact was felt in the 

construction and quarrying sectors, as both the number and value of 

construction projects continued to decline during the year. Tourism 

profitability; with net income for the year rising from  
$14.8 million normalised in 2010 to $40.5 million in 2011. 

continued to struggle, given the high correlation with the United 

States economy, but some strengthening was seen in 2011 with 

increases in air arrivals and hotel occupancy levels in both Bermuda 

and the Cayman Islands, albeit at significantly reduced levels from 

the highs seen in 2007. These factors contributed to a muted business 

environment in our Bermuda and Caribbean operations with little loan 

demand and limited growth opportunities. 

Our customers have not been immune to the economic downturn, 

and we saw more pressure on their ability to service loan payment 

obligations during the year. However, our close relationship with 

our customers and hands-on approach to working with them to 

address loan servicing challenges has softened the impact on our 

non-performing assets. Conversely, our private banking business 

in Europe enjoyed strong loan demand as some European banks 

withdrew from sectors of the lending market appropriate for our 

private banking businesses. We were able to advance more quality 

loans to high net worth customers, improve our low loan-to-deposit 

ratio and grow our European lending book. Additionally, we have seen 

increasing demand for wealth management products from high net 

worth individuals seeking asset protection strategies in defence of 

uncertainty and volatility.

(cid:115)(cid:0)

Investment strategy: We implemented a new investment 
strategy for the deployment of excess liquidity that contributed 
to our NIM increasing by 47 basis points, from 2.03% in 2010 to 
2.50% in 2011, despite an environment of falling interest rates 
and our dedication to conservative investments. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Expenses: We reduced non-interest expenses by $10.9 million, 

from $309.4 million in 2010, to $298.5 million in 2011. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Headcount: Across the Group, headcount was reduced by 135, 
from 1,519 as at 31 December 2010 to 1,384 by the end of 2011. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Deposits: The Bank maintained stable core deposits, whilst 
decreasing deposit costs by 13 basis points, from 65 basis 
points in 2010 to 52 basis points in 2011. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Loan quality: Gross non-accrual loans as a percentage of gross 
loans decreased to 2.8% at year-end 2011 from 3.9% at year-end 
2010 as certain properties previously used by customers as 
security for loans are now held directly by the Bank as Other 
Real Estate Owned. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Asset quality: Non-performing assets as a percentage of total 
assets remained stable at 1.7% at year-end 2011. This ratio is a 
new measure comprising both non-accrual loans and Other Real 
Estate Owned. 

(cid:115)(cid:0) Ratings reaffirmed: Standard & Poor’s ratings reaffirmed at  
A- under new ratings methodology; Fitch reaffirmed at A-.

14

2012 OUTLOOK
Although 2011 provided a difficult economic climate in which to 

In 2012, we are focusing our attention on product development and 

customer service, which we expect will drive revenue growth from both 

operate, Butterfield made progress against our strategic priorities 

cross selling to our existing client base and winning new business. 

and emerged profitable. 2012 is beginning to show some cause for 

Business development plans are continually being refined by our 

optimism, partially as a result of the heightened level of new company 

Executive Management team and are closely monitored by the Board 

registrations and levelling off of population declines seen in Bermuda 

of Directors to ensure targets are being met. Incentive plans have 

and the Cayman Islands in 2011. In Bermuda, we are seeing strong 

been more closely aligned with business development targets and 

political will to make the necessary changes to immigration and land 

metrics that reflect Shareholders’ interests.

ownership policies that are expected to attract new international 

businesses to the island, as well as efforts to reduce deficit levels. 

On 25 January 2012, officials from the United States Federal Reserve 

This optimism is tempered by the ongoing economic challenges, high 

announced that they expect interest rates to remain low until at least 

unemployment and low interest rates. 

late 2014. We reduced our exposure to declining interest rates in 

this sustained low-rate environment and have successfully increased 

In the Cayman Islands, a special economic zone was officially 

our investment returns and net interest margin by employing our 

launched in 2012 to help attract new businesses to the country, 

conservative investment strategy and with the help of our investment 

known as “Cayman Enterprise City”; it is expected to welcome its first 

advisers, building a laddered, high quality securities portfolio. 

businesses in the first quarter. Temporary accommodations have been 

However, our Balance Sheet will benefit significantly from a rising 

gazetted to allow operations to commence immediately while phase 

rate environment due to our asset sensitivity. Through the continued 

one of Cayman Enterprise City’s permanent campus is constructed. 

employment of this strategy, we expect the returns on our investments 

In our European operations, we expect that competitive pressures 

dependent on our ability to purchase qualifying assets as maturities 

in 2012 will modestly exceed the returns achieved in 2011, but is 

on deposit pricing will be sustained, but we continue to benefit from 

fall due.  

high quality, low loan-to-value lending opportunities to high net worth 

private clients. 

We expect to be able to continue to realise cost efficiencies in 

2012 based on leveraging our previous investments in technology. 

After several years in ‘rebuilding’ mode, and having completed our 

The use of common systems, lapsing support contracts on legacy 

strategy to de-risk the Balance Sheet, and made significant progress 

systems, redesigning processes and centralising support services are 

in restructuring operations and enhancing our technology, Butterfield 

anticipated to drive further cost savings in 2012. 

is well positioned to take advantage of market opportunities as they 

emerge. With a strong total capital ratio of over 23%, good liquidity 

versus our peer banks (with a loan-to-asset ratio of only 48%), low cost 

core deposits (at only 52 basis points), stable loan quality metrics, and 

new systems in our two largest jurisdictions, we are optimistic about 

our ability to compete for new business.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    15

FINANCIAL SUMMARY (in $ thousands, except per share data) 

As at 31 December  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term investments 

Investments in debt and equity securities 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Premises, equipment and computer software 

Goodwill and intangible assets 

Total assets 

Total deposits 

Subordinated capital 
Shareholders’ equity 
      Liquidation preference of Preference Shares 

      Common and Contingent Value Preferred equity 

For the year ended 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income (as reported) 

Non-interest income (excluding fund 

   administration services business) 

Salaries and other employee benefits  

Other non-interest expenses (including income taxes) 

Net income before gains and losses  

Gains and losses 

Net income (loss) 

Dividends and guarantee fee of Preference Shares 

Net income (loss) available to Common Shareholders 

Common dividends paid 

Financial ratios 
Return on assets 

Return on Common Shareholders’ equity (1) 

Tier 1 capital ratio 

Total capital ratio 

Tangible common equity ratio 

Net interest margin 
Efficiency ratio (3) 

Per participating Share ($) (1) (2) 
Net income (diluted) 

Cash dividends 

Net book value 

Number of employees 
Bermuda 

Overseas 

Total 

2011 
1,979,458 
34,814 
2,089,726 
4,247,260 
276,114 
49,184 
8,824,109 
7,525,440 
267,755 

200,000 
629,725 

213,735 
(14,326) 
135,246 

135,246 
150,752 
147,706 
36,197 
4,275 
40,472 
21,270 
19,202 
- 

0.4% 
3.0% 
17.7% 
23.5% 
6.6% 
2.50% 
83.9% 

0.03 
- 
1.14 

664 
720 
1,384 

2010 
2,429,699 

26,392 

2,629,144 

4,043,360 

261,955 

54,963 

9,623,060 

8,228,059 

282,799 

200,000 

609,288 

178,942 

(41,970) 

143,420 

143,420 

159,082 

148,408 

(27,098) 

(180,517) 

(207,615) 

18,000 

(225,615) 

- 

(2.2%) 

(44.3%) 

15.7% 

21.6% 

5.8% 

2.03% 

94.3% 

(0.47) 

- 

1.10 

732 

787 

1,519 

2009 
1,986,798 

N/A 

2,926,901 

4,218,332 

244,242 

66,841 

9,594,602 

8,696,619 

283,085 

200,000 

155,460 

186,907 

(104,879) 

151,705 

151,705 

156,839 

143,351 

(66,457) 

(146,956) 

(213,413) 

9,450 

(222,863) 

14,938 

(2.1%) 

(47.0%) 

7.2% 

10.1% 

0.9% 

1.95% 

89.0% 

(2.34) 

0.12 

1.64 

761 

845 

1,606 

2008 
2,221,390 

N/A 

3,824,079 

4,418,277 

197,155 

71,614 

10,911,844 

9,801,269 

282,296 

- 

518,440 

254,481 

(3,045) 

212,941 

177,358 

183,152 

167,335 

113,890 

(109,051) 

4,839 

- 

4,839 

57,733 

0.0% 

0.8% 

7.5% 

11.2% 

4.1% 

2.18% 

72.8% 

0.05 

0.52 

5.44 

803 

889 

1,692 

2007
2,517,012

N/A

4,744,989

4,124,764

215,379

106,490

11,910,920

10,747,971

284,191

-

629,330

252,600

(1,983)

219,682

170,426

184,751

139,217

146,331

(336)

145,995

-

145,995

54,366

1.2%

25.2%

8.6%

13.0%

4.4%

2.20%

65.7%

1.48

0.64

6.53

843

1,007

1,850

Other data 
Average number of participating Shares on a fully diluted basis   555,615 
4,425,639 
Risk-weighted assets 

477,225 

4,934,569 

95,065 

5,734,096 

96,683 

6,199,963 

98,732

6,345,754

(1) Includes both Common and Contingent Value Convertible Preferred equity. (2) All prior period per Common Share data and number of Common 
Shares, with the exception of dividends, have been restated to reflect the $0.04 stock dividend declared for March, May, August and November 
2009 and the one-for-ten stock dividend of February 2008. All prior period per Share data has been restated to reflect the three-for-one stock split 
of August 2007. (3) 2010 & 2009 calculated based on normalised income for comparability purposes.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND DISCUSSION FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2011

In 2010, we evaluated our performance on a reported basis (i.e., as reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance 

with GAAP) as well as on a normalised basis. In 2011, we discontinued reporting normalised income as we believe our 2011 financial results 

better reflect normal ongoing operations. For comparative purposes, we have included comparison to 2010 normalised income as reported in the 

prior year. For 2010, transactions that were viewed by Management not to be in the normal course of day-to-day business and were unusual in 

nature were excluded from normalised earnings as they obscure or distort the analysis of trends. Certain earnings measures, such as normalised 

earnings, do not have standardised meanings as prescribed by GAAP and therefore are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented 

by other companies. 

Net Income (Loss)
The Bank reported net income of $40.5 million for the year ended 31 December 2011, compared to a net loss of $207.6 million in 2010. Results in 

both years were adversely affected by various non-operating gains and losses. After deduction of dividends ($19.3 million) and the guarantee fee 

($2.0 million) on Preference Shares, the net income available to Common Shareholders was $19.2 million ($0.03 per share) in 2011 compared to a 

reported loss of $225.6 million ($0.47 per Share) in 2010. On a normalised basis, after non-recurring normalisation adjustments, the 2010 loss was 

$3.2 million ($0.01) per Share.

The following table states reported earnings for 2011 compared to normalised 2010 earnings (the Bank discontinued reporting normalised 

earnings in 2011):

(in $ millions) 
Non-interest income 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Total revenue before provision for credit losses and gains and losses 

Net gains and losses 

Provision for credit losses 

Total revenue  

Total non-interest expenses 

Net income before taxes 

Income tax 
Net income  

Year ended 31 December

2011 

2010 

2010 

Reported  Normalised 
139.6  

Reported 
143.4 

$ change (1)  % change (1)
(3.2%)

(4.4) 

135.2  
213.7  
348.9  
4.3  
(14.3) 
338.9  
(298.5) 
40.4  
0.1  
40.5  

178.9  

318.5 

0.0  

(10.1) 

308.4  

(292.0) 

16.4  

(1.6) 

14.8  

179.0 

322.4 

(180.5) 

(42.0) 

99.9 

(309.5) 

(209.6) 

2.0 

(207.6) 

34.8  

30.4  

4.3  

(4.2) 

30.5  

(6.5) 

24.0  

1.7  

25.7  

19.4%

9.5%

100.0%

41.6%

9.8%

2.2%

146.3%

106.3%

173.6%

Dividends and guarantee fee of Preference Shares   

(21.3) 

(18.0) 

(18.0) 

(3.3) 

18.3%

Net income (loss) / earnings attributable to Common Shareholders 
Net income (loss) / earnings per Common Share 
   Basic 

   Diluted 

19.2  

(3.2) 

(225.6) 

22.4  

700.0%

0.03  
0.03  

(0.01) 

(0.01) 

(0.47) 

(0.47) 

0.04  

0.04  

133.3%

133.3%

(1) Change shown is reported 2011 compared to normalised 2010.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles the Bank’s GAAP reported net income for 2010 with normalised earnings for 2010. There were no normalisation 

adjustments in 2011.

(in $ millions) 

Net loss as reported  

Non-core items: 

   Net other gains & losses (1) 

   Investments in affiliates  

   Specific provision for credit losses (2) 

   Legal fees pertaining to liquidity facility 

   Non-recurring organisational change costs (3) 

   Non-recurring taxation credit 

Net normalised income 

  Year ended 31 December 2010 

Net income (loss) 

(207.6) 

Diluted EPS

(0.47)

172.9 

1.5 

31.8 

7.4 

12.4 

(3.6) 

14.8 

0.36

-

0.06

0.02

0.03

(0.01)

(0.01)

Transactions that are viewed by Management not to be in the normal course of day-to-day business and are unusual in nature are excluded from 

normalised earnings for the year ended 31 December 2010 as they obscure or distort the analysis of trends.

Normalisation adjustments for 2010 include: 

(1)   Net other gains & losses as follows:

(cid:115)(cid:0) Net realised losses of $107.0 million, of which $113.8 million relates to realised losses on the sale of asset-backed securities held in the  
Available For Sale portfolio, partially offset by realised gains of $1.9 million on the disposal of fixed income securities and realised gains  

of $4.7 million on the disposal of Structured Investment Vehicles (“SIVs”) during 2010.

(cid:115)(cid:0) Other-than-temporary impairments of $60.5 million on the Bank’s holdings of SIVs. 
(cid:115)(cid:0) Realised loss on the sale of the Bank’s subsidiaries in Hong Kong and Malta of $7.4 million.
(cid:115)(cid:0) Write-down of $3.8 million of previously capitalised software development no longer in use.

(2)  Specific provisions for credit losses of $31.8 million primarily related to commercial mortgage facilities in the hospitality industry in    

        Bermuda and The Bahamas, as well as private banking exposures in the United Kingdom. 

(3)   The organisational change costs are non-recurring expenses incurred, which comprise acceleration of vesting on stock options on change in 

        control, restructuring fees relating to changes to Executive Management and rationalisation of headcount in various jurisdictions.  

Revenue (Actual 2011 Versus Normalised 2010)
Total revenue before provisions for credit losses and gains and losses for 2011 was $348.9 million, up $30.4 million (9.5%) from $318.5 million in 

2010. Total non-interest income was down $4.4 million (3.2%) from $139.6 million in 2010 to $135.2 million in 2011; the decrease was primarily 

attributable to the sale of our Hong Kong and Malta businesses in 2010, which had related revenue of $3.0 million in the prior year.  Net interest 

income before provisions for credit losses rebounded by $34.8 million (19.4%) from $178.9 million in 2010 to $213.7 million in 2011, driven by a 

47 basis point increase in the net interest margin from 2.03% in 2010 rising to 2.50% in 2011. The efficient deployment of excess liquidity under 
our new investment strategy, along with disciplined deposit pricing drove the improvement in the net interest margin, despite the sustained low 

interest rate environment.

18

 
 
 
 
 
DISTRIBUTION OF 2011 TOTAL REVENUES BEFORE 
PROVISIONS FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND GAINS AND LOSSES

DISTRIBUTION OF 2011 TOTAL REVENUES BY LOCATION BEFORE  
PROVISIONS FOR CREDIT LOSSES AND GAINS AND LOSSES 

Other Non Interest Income 2%

Custody and Other 
Administration Services 3%

Trust 9%

Foreign Exchange 
Revenue 9%

Asset 
Management 7%

The Bahamas 2%

Barbados 4%

United Kingdom 7%

Switzerland 1%

Bermuda 58%

Guernsey 10%

Net Interest Income 61%

Banking 9%

Cayman 18%

Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income is a function of a number of factors including the composition and value of client assets under management and 

administration, the volume and nature of clients’ transaction activities, and the types of products and services our clients use. Our fee structure 

provides for varied pricing that depends on the value of client assets and the nature of services provided. As a result, it is not always possible 

to draw a direct relationship between the value of client assets and the level of non-interest income, although the trend of non-interest income 

generally follows the trend in client asset levels.

Total non-interest income was down $8.2 million from $143.4 million in 2010 to $135.2 million in 2011 and represents 38.8% of total revenues before 

provisions for credit losses and gains and losses for 2011, compared to 44.5% in 2010. 

The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010: 

(in $ thousands) 
Asset management 

Banking 

Foreign exchange revenue 

Trust  

Custody and other administration services  

Other non-interest income 
Total non-interest income   

2011 
22,942  
33,302  
31,519  
29,995  
11,780  
5,708  
135,246  

2010 
24,544  

33,941  

32,479  

30,534  

13,574  

8,348  

143,420  

$ change 
(1,602) 

% change 
(7.0%)

(639) 

(960) 

(539) 

(1,794) 

(2,640) 

(8,174) 

(1.9%)

(3.0%)

(1.8%)

(15.2%)

(46.3%)

(6.0%)

Asset Management
Asset management revenues are generally based on the market value of assets managed and the volume of transactions and fees for other 

services rendered. We provide asset management services from our offices in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom. 

Revenues from asset management were $22.9 million in 2011, down $1.6 million from $24.5 million in 2010; however, excluding the $1.9 million 

of revenue included in 2010 related to businesses sold in 2010, asset management revenues increased $0.3 million. Assets under management 

declined $433 million, primarily from redemption in the money market fund due to historically low rates, however a change in product mix to 

higher margin services increased revenues year on year.

The table that follows shows the changes in the year-end values of clients’ assets under management, sub-divided between those managed for 

clients on a discretionary basis and those client funds invested in mutual funds that Butterfield manages:

(in $ millions ) 

Butterfield Funds 

Discretionary 
Total assets under management 

2011 
3,375 
2,269 
5,644 

2010 
3,677 

2,400 

6,077 

$ change 
(302) 

% change
(8.2%)

(131) 

(433) 

(5.5%)

(7.1%)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    19

 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
Banking
During 2011, Butterfield provided a full range of community, commercial and private banking services in select jurisdictions. Retail and community 

banking services are offered to individuals and small to medium sized businesses through branch locations, telephone banking, Internet banking, 

automated teller machines and debit cards in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and Barbados, whilst private banking services were offered in 

Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom. Banking fee revenues reflect loan, transaction and processing, and other fees 

earned in these jurisdictions. Banking fee revenues fell by 1.9% in 2011 to $33.3 million, compared to $33.9 million in 2010, mainly due to a  

one-off fee earned in 2010 and the discontinuation of banking activities in The Bahamas.

Foreign Exchange
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues are 

Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 77% of the Group’s foreign exchange revenue (2010: 76%). The Bank does not have a proprietary 

trading book. Foreign exchange income is thus generated from client-driven transactions and totalled $31.5 million in 2011, compared with  

$32.5 million in 2010. The $1.0 million year-on-year decrease reflects declining client volumes, in line with the slowing economic conditions.

Trust 
We provide both personal and institutional trust services from our operations in Bermuda, The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and 

Switzerland. Trust revenues are derived from a combination of fixed fees, fees based on the market values of assets held in trust and fees based 

on time spent in relation to the range of personal trust and company administration services and pension and employee benefit trust services we 

provide. In 2011, trust revenues totalled $30.0 million, marginally lower than the $30.5 million recorded in 2010; however, prior year included  

$1.0 million in revenue related to the Malta business that was sold in 2010 and when excluded, trust revenues increased $0.5 million. Trust 

revenues represented 22% of total non-interest income in 2011, up from 21% in 2010.  Revenue increases were seen in four of our five trust 

operations: The Bahamas increased by 4.3%, Bermuda increased 3.6% and Guernsey rose 1.7%, while in Switzerland revenues were up 38.2% year 

on year. In December 2010, a restructuring of our Bahamas operations to focus predominantly on trust activities was announced. In September 

2010, the Bank concluded the sale of its trust operations located in Malta, which did not contribute significantly to this line of business. Total Trust 

assets under administration were $40.7 billion as at 31 December 2011 compared to $40.5 billion the prior year. 

Custody and Other Administration Services
Custody fees are generally based on market values of assets in custody, the volume of transactions and flat fees for other services rendered. We 

provide custody services from our offices in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom, and other administration  

services—primarily administered banking—in Guernsey. In 2011, revenues were $11.8 million compared to $13.6 million in 2010, down 13.2%, 

in part due to lower transaction volumes in our custody business, and partly due to a reduction in administered banking mandates as two large 

mandates wound down their operations. Total custody and other assets under administration (which includes the administered banking services 

operations provided by our Guernsey business) were $31.0 billion as at 31 December 2011, up $3.2 billion from $27.8 billion the prior year.

Other Non-Interest Income
The components of other non-interest income are set forth in the following table:

(in $ thousands)  
Net share of earnings (losses) from investments in affiliates 

Rental income 
Write back of unclaimed balances and dividends 

Other 
Total non-interest income 

Year ended 31 December

2011 
884 
2,889 
- 
1,935 
5,708 

2010
(1,587)

2,779
5,785

1,371

8,348

In 2010, we recorded equity pickup losses of $2.9 million in connection with our minority interest in Butterfield Fulcrum Group Limited (“BFG”), 

which is reflected in the 2010 net loss of $1.6 million from investments in affiliates. In the second quarter of 2011, the Bank sold all its remaining 

shares in BFG. 

Rental income of $2.9 million in 2011, and $2.8 million in 2010, were received on various premises the Bank owns in Bermuda that are leased to 

tenants. Included in the “Other” category are maintenance fees from leased premises, Director fee income, and other miscellaneous charges.

20

 
 
 
Net Interest Income Before Provision For Loan Losses
Net interest income is the amount of interest earned on our interest-earning assets less interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. There 

are several drivers of the change in net interest income, including changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing 

liabilities, their relative sensitivity to interest rate movements, and the proportion of non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as equity and 

non-interest bearing current accounts.

The following table presents the components of net interest income for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010:

(in $ millions) 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 
Investments 
Loans 
Interest-earning assets 

Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities
Deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Subordinated debt 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Non-interest-bearing current accounts 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 

Non-interest-bearing funds net of  
   non-interest-earning assets (free balance) 
Net interest margin 

Average 

balance 

Interest 

1,932.5 

2,486.0 

4,132.8 

8,551.4 

466.3 

9,017.6 

10.8 

45.6 

202.6 

259.0 

- 

259.0 

2011 

Average 

rate 

0.56% 

1.84% 

4.90% 

3.03% 

- 
2.87% 

Average 

balance 

Interest 

2,107.6 

2,595.6 

4,119.6 

8,822.8 

467.8 

9,290.6 

11.0 

28.3 

198.1 

237.4 

- 

237.4 

2010

Average

rate 

0.52%

1.09%

4.81%

2.69%

-

2.56%

6,720.9 

(34.7) 

(0.52%) 

7,103.2 

(46.0) 

(0.65%)

- 

(10.5) 

(45.2) 

- 

- 

- 

(3.77%) 

(0.65%) 

- 

- 

(45.2) 

(0.55%) 

- 

- 

3.6 

278.4 

7,002.9 

987.7 

192.3 

8,182.9 

834.7 

9,017.6 

1,548.4 

- 

282.7 

7,385.9 

961.6 

243.0 

8,581.5 

709.1 
9,290.6 

1,436.9 

- 

(12.5) 

(58.5) 

- 

- 

-

(4.41%)

(0.79%)

-

-

(58.5) 

(0.68%)

- 

-

213.8 

2.50% 

178.9 

2.03%

Net interest income before provisions for credit losses increased by 19.4% to $213.7 million in 2011 compared to $178.9 million in 2010, of which 

62% (2010: 63%) was generated in Bermuda and 18% (2010: 16%) in the Cayman Islands.  Investment yields of 1.84% on $2.5 billion, up from 1.09% 

in 2010, combined with a 13 basis point decrease in deposit cost, drove a 47 basis point improvement in the net interest margin to 2.50% in 2011 

compared to 2.03% in 2010.  Although average interest-earning assets decreased by $275.5 million to $8.55 billion in 2011, the decrease had a 

positive impact on net interest income as the decline was driven by the migration of high-cost deposits which were deployed in lower yielding 

assets in the cash and cash equivalent category.  Free balances of $1.5 billion in 2011 (2010: $1.4 billion) include non-interest-bearing current 
accounts of $1.0 billion (2010: $1.0 billion) and Shareholders’ equity of $835 million (2010: $709 million) net of other assets and other liabilities.  

See the Risk Management section for more information on how interest rate risk is managed.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Provision For Credit Losses
The Bank’s net provisions for credit losses in 2011 were $14.3 million compared to $42.0 million in 2010. The Bank anticipates the difficulties in the 

local economies, as well as the hospitality sector, will continue for the foreseeable future and has made sufficient provisions in anticipation of a 

difficult market. The incremental provisions were required principally for the specific reserves pertaining to commercial and residential exposures 

as well as enhancements to general provision.

Gains and Losses
The following table represents the components of gains and losses for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010: 

(in $ thousands) 
Net realised / unrealised (losses) gains on trading securities 

Net realised gains (losses) on available for sale securities 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on held to maturity and available for sale investments 

Loss on sale of Malta and Hong Kong located subsidiaries 

Net other gains (losses) 

Total gains and losses 

 2011 
(919) 
2,059 
- 
- 
3,135 
4,275 

2010
971

(107,047)

(60,522)

(7,430)

(6,489)

(180,517)

Net Realised / Unrealised (Losses) Gains on Trading Securities
A $0.9 million loss was recorded with respect to trading securities in 2011 compared to a gain of $1.0 million in 2010, which primarily relates to the 

fair value adjustments of the Bank’s seed money in shares of the Butterfield Select Investment Fund, the Butterfield Select Alternative Fund and 

$50 million in shares of the BNY Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund, which was launched in 2011. During the year, we redeemed 

$3.8 million of our seed money as it was no longer required.

Net Realised Gains (Losses) on Available For Sale Securities
Net realised gains of $2.1 million were recorded on securities sold in the normal course of business as part of our asset and liability management 

strategy. The $107.0 million loss recorded in the prior year was a result of the sale of asset-backed securities as part of the Bank’s Balance Sheet 

de-risking strategy.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”) Losses on Held to Maturity and Available For Sale Investments
No OTTI losses were recognised in 2011 as Management believes there are no credit losses in the investments, compared to the 2010 OTTI credit 

loss of $60.5 million recognised.

Loss on Sale Of Malta And Hong Kong Located Subsidiaries
Consistent with Management’s strategy of focusing resources in jurisdictions where we have a meaningful market presence and a depth of local 

market knowledge, in September 2010, the Bank sold its trust, wealth management and advisory businesses in Hong Kong and its trust operation 

in Malta with a resultant net loss of $7.4 million.

Net Other Gains (Losses)
Net other gains and losses were $3.1 million in 2011 compared to net other losses of $6.5 million in 2010.

Net other gains and losses in 2011 include the second quarter of 2011 BFG gain of $3.1 million, the gain on repayment of the subordinated debt of 

$1.1 million and the $1.4 million equity pick up losses of affiliates in the first quarter of 2011. 

During the second quarter, Butterfield completed the sale of its equity interest in BFG for proceeds of $3.3 million, which triggered a dividend of 

$3.3 million ($0.42 per Share) to holders of Butterfield Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares (“CVCP Shares”), which was paid on  

16 August 2011 to Shareholders of record on 26 July 2011.

A realised gain of $1.1 million was recorded during the third quarter of 2011 as a result of the purchase and cancellation of $15.0 million of our own 

subordinated debt.

22

 
 
 
Net other losses of $6.5 million were recorded in 2010, which included: a write off of $3.8 million in respect of previously capitalised costs for the 

development of software that would no longer be used, a $1.5 million loss on the write down of an amount receivable from the Bank’s charitable 

foundation; realised losses of $1.4 million on the Bank’s equity holdings in two credit card companies, which were sold during 2010; losses of  

$0.7 million on the write down of a private equity investment and an investment in an affiliate to reflect lower expectations of proceeds on 

eventual sales; and a $1.2 million gain on interest rate swaps designated as trading instruments, as they did not qualify for hedge accounting but 

are used as part of the Bank’s overall asset and liability management strategy.

Non-Interest Expenses
Cost control continued to be a key focus of the Bank in 2011 as the recessionary economic conditions and persistently low interest rate 

environment challenged the banking business model. Total non-interest expenses in 2011 were $298.5 million compared to $309.5 million 

recorded in 2010. Salary and employee benefits account for 51% of non-interest expenses with technology, communications and property  

making up 28% combined. Bermuda expenses (including head office costs) represent the majority of the Group costs at 59% of total costs.

DISTRIBUTION OF 2011 EXPENSES

DISTRIBUTION OF 2011 EXPENSES BY LOCATION

Other Expenses 6%

Marketing 2%

Amortisation of Intangible Assets 2%

Non-Income Taxes 5%

Professional and 
Outside Services 6%

Property 10%

Technology and 
Communications 18%

Salaries and Other 
Employee Benefits 51%

The Bahamas 2%

Switzerland 1%

Guernsey 10%

Cayman 18%

Barbados 4%

United Kingdom 7%

Bermuda 58%

The following table presents the components of non-interest expenses for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010: 

(in $ thousands) 
Salaries and other employee benefits  

Technology and communications 

Property 

Professional and outside services 
Non-income taxes 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Marketing 

Other non-interest expenses  

Total non-interest expenses  
Income tax benefit 

Total expenses 

2011 

Reported 
150,752 
55,037 
29,316 
18,762 
14,500 
5,799 
5,257 
19,068 
298,491 
(33) 
298,458 

2010 

2010  $ change vs.  % change vs. 

Reported  Normalised  Normalised  Normalised 
2.5%

147,113 

159,082 

3,639 

54,037 

27,469 

13,811 
15,405 

5,711 

5,002 

28,948 

309,465 
(1,975) 

311,440 

54,037 

28,169 

15,411 
15,405 

5,711 

5,002 

21,116 

291,964 
1,960 

293,924 

1,000 

1,147 

3,351 
(905) 

88 

255 

(2,050) 

6,525 
(1,993) 

4,532 

1.9%

4.1%

21.7%
(5.9%)

1.5%

5.1%

(9.7%)

2.2%
(101.7%)

1.5%

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    23

 
Salaries and Other Employee Benefits
Salaries and other employee benefits of $150.8 million in 2011 represents a decrease of $8.3 million from 2010. Excluding the $12.0 million of 

non-recurring costs in 2010, salaries and other employee benefits increased by $3.7 million. However, during 2011, further staff reductions and the 

implementation of our new core banking system in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands resulted in additional one-off costs of $7.9 million. The 2011 

one-off costs are made up of: $3.0 million in overtime and temporary employment services related to the systems implementation projects and 

$4.9 million in staff termination and redundancy costs. Net of one-off costs, salaries and other employee benefits declined by $4.2 million year 

over year. Salary cost reductions of $4.1 million, as a result of reduced headcount, which was down 135 from 1,519 at the end of 2010 to 1,384 by 

2011, was partially offset by $1.5 million of annual merit increases.  A further $7.9 million of savings was realised from reduced staff benefit costs, 

of which $7.5 million relates to a reduction in post-retirement health care expenses as a result of the changes to the benefit plan made in 2010.  

These savings were partially offset by a $6.3 million increase in staff incentive expenses, following several years of minimal incentive compensation 

awards, and also include the amortisation expense related to the previous year’s stock option and Executive long-term Share plan awards.

In 2010, salaries and other employee benefits expenses included a charge of $6.2 million in connection with retention and termination payments 

and other staff-related benefits. These costs were incurred as part of the implementation of non-recurring organisational changes, including 

changes to Executive Management. Also included in salaries and other employee benefits expense in 2010 is a charge of $5.8 million related 

to Share-based compensation expenses that occurred as all stock options and deferred incentive shares immediately vested on the equity 

investment in March 2010. These costs are deducted to arrive at normalised earnings in 2010.

Technology and Communications
Technology and communication costs were $55.0 million in 2011, up $1.0 million on the $54.0 million recorded in 2010. This reflects the ramped-up 

run rate technology costs as the Bank’s technology platforms have now been fully transitioned to our outsourcing partners, in addition to a  

partial-year increase of $1.5 million in depreciation from the costs capitalised as part of the new systems implementations in Bermuda and the 

Cayman Islands during the year. Offsetting these increases were savings of $0.8 million in communication costs from the migration of our traditional 

land line telephony system to a VOIP phone system.

Property
Property costs, which reflect occupancy expenses, building maintenance, and depreciation of property, plant and equipment, increased by  

$1.1 million to $29.3 million in 2011 versus the $28.2 million normalised expense of 2010. The increase was due to accelerated depreciation on 

certain premises totalling $1.6 million per year in additional depreciation.

Professional and Outside Services
Professional and outside services primarily include consulting, legal, audit, and other professional services. In 2011, the expense was $18.8 million, 

up $3.4 million compared to $15.4 million incurred in 2010 on a normalised basis; the increase driven mainly by increased investment advisory 

costs related to our investment advisory agreement with Carlyle Investment Management LLC. The 2011 fees included $1.2 million in consulting 

fees to assist in the development of future efficiencies.

Non-Income Taxes
These taxes reflect non-income-related taxes levied on us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, including those associated with 

employee-related costs such as payroll tax, customs duties and business licenses. In 2011, we incurred costs of $14.5 million compared to  

$15.4 million in 2010, the decrease reflecting lower payroll tax in Bermuda due to a decreased number of employees.

Amortisation of Intangible Assets
Intangible assets relate to client relationships acquired from business acquisitions and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 

useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. Acquired intangible assets estimated lives are re-evaluated annually and tested for impairment. The 

amortisation expense associated with intangible assets was $5.8 million in 2011, compared to $5.7 million in 2010, as the Bank did not  

acquire or sell intangible assets during 2011. 

Marketing
Marketing expenses reflect costs incurred in advertising and promoting our products and services. They totalled $5.3 million in 2011,  

up $0.3 million from 2010.

24

Other Non-Interest Expenses

(in  $ thousands) 

Stationery & supplies 

Custodian & handling 

Charitable donations 

Insurance 
Other expenses 
    Maintenance fees for liquidity facility 

   Cheque processing 

   Dues and subscriptions 

   Registrar and transfer agent fee 

   Agent commission fees 

   Foreign bank charges 

   Directors’ fees 

   ATM fees 

   General expenses 

   Other  

Total normalised non-interest expenses 
Commitment and legal fees to establish a liquidity facility with CIBC 

Other non-recurring organisational costs 

Total non-interest expenses 

2011 
1,945 
1,752 
1,239 
2,944 

356 
1,615 
590 
822 
639 
948 
845 
426 
1,455 
3,492 
19,068 
- 
- 
19,068 

2010 
2,209 

1,810 

1,240 

3,241 

1,765 

1,662 

676 

931 

848 

755 

747 

506 

1,396 

3,330 

21,116 
7,480 

352 

28,948 

$ change
(264)

(58)

(1)

(297)

(1,409)

(47)

(86)

(109)

(209)

193

98

(80)

59

160

(2,050)
(7,480)

(352)

(9,882)

Other expenses were $19.1 million in 2011, a decrease of $2.1 million compared to 2010 normalised, primarily driven by the cancellation of the 

liquidity facility with CIBC in early 2011.

Income Taxes
In 2011, income tax expenses associated with our businesses in taxable jurisdictions, namely Barbados, Guernsey, Switzerland and the United 

Kingdom, were netted to nil compared to a benefit of $2.0 million in 2010. 2011 taxes reflect a tax benefit of $1.2 million (2010: $3.3 million) for our 

UK operation, which recorded a net loss in 2011, offset by income tax expenses of $0.8 million (2010: $0.6 million) in Guernsey and $0.3 million 

(2010: $0.8 million) in Barbados.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    25

 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND DISCUSSION
The following table shows the Balance Sheet as reported as at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010.

(in $ millions) 
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Short-term investments 

Investments 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Premises, equipment and computer software 

Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Total deposits 

Total other liabilities 

Subordinated capital 

Total liabilities 

Liquidation preference of Preference Shares 

Common equity 

Total Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 

Capital Ratios 
Risk weighted assets 

Tangible Common equity (TCE) 

Tangible assets (TA) 

TCE/TA 

Tier 1 Common ratio 

Tier 1 ratio 

Total Capital ratio 

2011 

1,979 
34 
2,090 
4,247 
276 
196 
8,824 

7,525 
201 
268 
7,994 

200 
630 
830 

8,824 

4,426 
581 
8,775 
6.6% 
13.1% 
17.7% 
23.5% 

2010

2,430

26

2,629

4,043

262

233

9,623

8,228

303

283

8,814

200

609

809

9,623

4,935

554

9,568

5.8%

11.6%

15.7%

21.6%

The Bank maintains a highly liquid Balance Sheet and is very well capitalised. On 31 December 2011, total assets of the Bank stood at $8.8 billion, 

down $0.8 billon from year-end 2010, reflecting lower year-end customer deposit balances in Bermuda, Guernsey and United Kingdom. At  

31 December 2011, the total of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and investments represented $4.1 billion, or 46.5% of total 

assets, down from 52.8% at year-end 2010. At 31 December 2011, Butterfield’s capital ratios were strong, having improved from year-end 2010, 

with the TCE / TA ratio ending 2011 at 6.6% (2010: 5.8%), whilst the Total Capital ratio and Tier 1 Capital ratios were of 23.5% (2010: 21.6%) and 17.7% 

(2010: 15.7%) respectively.  These ratios are well in excess of regulatory minimums.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
The Bank only places deposits with highly rated institutions and ensures there is appropriate geographic diversification in its exposures. Limits 

are set for aggregate geographic exposures for each institution and are monitored and reviewed by our Credit Risk Management (“CRM”) division 

and approved by the Financial Institutions Committee. Effective 1 January 2011, the Bank changed its accounting policy with respect to cash and 

cash equivalents for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Bank defines cash and cash equivalents to include cash on 

hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to 

known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments are those with less than three months 

maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit, treasury bills and securities purchased under 

agreements to resell. Investments of a similar nature that are either restricted or have a maturity of more than three months but less that one year 

are classified as short-term investments. Previously, cash and demand deposits with banks only included cash and demand deposits, vault cash 
and cash in transit for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Bank believes the new policy is preferable as it more closely 

reflects the manner in which the Bank manages its liquid assets. As at 31 December 2011, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 

were $2.0 billion, compared to $2.5 billion as at 31 December 2010.

See “Note 3: Change in accounting policy” and “Note 4: Cash and cash equivalents” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for 

additional tables and information.

26

 
 
 
 
Investments
Total investments were $2.1 billion as at 31 December 2011, down $0.5 billion from the prior year-end balance, due primarily to the sale of the 

majority of our European exposures in the fourth quarter of 2011 and the purchase of treasury securities, which are included in the cash and cash 

equivalents category.

Effective 1 October 2010, the Bank entered into an investment advisory agreement with Carlyle Investment Management LLC, an affiliated 

company of the Carlyle Group. Under the agreement, Carlyle has agreed to provide Balance Sheet management advisory services to the Bank 

including, but not limited to: development of investment strategies for consideration by the Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee; Balance Sheet 

simulation analysis, including interest rate sensitivity, economic value at risk, interest at risk and stress testing; detailed investment portfolio 

reporting; cash flows and net interest income forecasting; deposit behaviour analysis and pricing strategies; and assistance with credit advisory and 

workout strategies.

Our investment policies require Management to maintain a portfolio of securities that will provide the liquidity necessary to facilitate the funding 

of loans and cover deposit fluctuations, and to mitigate our overall Balance Sheet exposure to interest rate risk, whilst achieving a satisfactory 

return on the funds invested. The securities in which we may invest are limited to securities that are considered investment grade. Securities in our 

investment portfolio are accounted for under US GAAP as either Trading, Available For Sale or Held to Maturity. Investment policies are approved 

by the Board of Directors, governed by The Group Asset and Liability Management Committee and monitored daily by Group Market Risk, a 

division of Enterprise Risk Management.

31 DECEMBER 2011 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY
 LONG-TERM DEBT RATING

31 DECEMBER 2011 INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY TYPE

Other 2%

BBB 3%

Mutual Funds 3%

A 17%

Certificates of Deposit 17%

Corporate Debt 
Securities Guaranteed 
by Non-US Governments 6%

AA 9%

Pass-Through Note 1%

US Government and 
Federal Agencies 41%

AAA 69%

Asset-backed Securities-
Student Loans 7%

Corporate Debt Securities 19%

Debt Securities Issued 
by Non-US Governments 6%

Trading securities, consisting of holdings of non-US government securities, corporate equities and seed money invested in mutual funds managed 

by us, totalled $62.6 million at year-end 2011, compared to $18.1 million at year-end 2010, primarily reflecting the $50 million initial seed money 

invested by the Bank in BNY Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund, which was off set by the disposal of the Butterfield Systematic Equity 

Fund in 2011.

Available for Sale (“AFS”) securities totalled $2.0 billion at year-end 2011, compared to $2.6 billion at year-end 2010. As at 31 December 2011, 40.3% 

or $790.8 million (2010: 35% or $917.5 million) of AFS securities consisted of holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by US government 

agencies. Corporate debt securities, certain of which are guaranteed by non-US governments totalled 27.0%, or $530.6 million (2010: 19.0% or  

$497.2 million), and certificates of deposit represented 18.2% or $356.5 million (2010: 33.0% or $859.1 million). The remaining 14.7% AFS securities 

are comprised primarily of debt securities issued by non-US governments ($113.0 million), government guaranteed student loan-backed securities  

($144.3 million) and one pass-through note ($27.0 million), which was formerly a structured investment vehicle (“SIV”).

Held to maturity (“HTM”) investments were $64.8 million as at 31 December 2011 (2010: nil) and consisted entirely of mortgage-backed securities 

issued by US government agencies that Management has no intention to sell before maturity.

As at 31 December 2011, 95% (2010: 98.1%) of our total investments were rated investment grade (i.e., rated ‘BBB’ or higher). 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    27

The Bank held two SIV-related securities at 31 December 2010. 

During 2011, a SIV-related security with carrying value of $24.3 million was sold, resulting in a gain of $0.1 million. The following table shows the par 

value, carrying value and unrealised losses of the Bank’s only remaining  SIV-related security (now restructured as a pass-through note) as at 

31 December 2011. 

(in $ millions) 

Par value 

Carrying value 

Unrealised loss in accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total amortised cost 

OTTI taken during the year 

Carrying amount (market value) / Par value  

Amortised cost / Par value 

As at 31 December

 2011 

 58.8 
 27.0 
6.7 
33.7 

- 

45.9% 
57.3% 

2010

122.2 

57.6 

5.1 

62.7  

 (60.5)

47.1%

51.3%

Securities in unrealised loss positions are analysed as part of Management’s ongoing assessment of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”). 

When Management intends to sell securities, it recognises an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortised cost basis and 

the fair value of those securities. When Management does not intend to sell equity or debt securities in an unrealised loss position, potential 

OTTI is considered using a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, adverse 

conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security, payment 

structure of the security, changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, the volatility of the fair value changes, and changes in fair value  

of the security after the Balance Sheet date.

For debt securities, Management estimates cash flows over the remaining lives of the underlying collateral to assess whether credit losses exist 

and to determine whether any adverse changes in cash flows have occurred. Management’s cash flow estimates take into account expectations 

of relevant market and economic data, such as gross domestic product (GDP) and unemployment, during the cash flow cycle as of the end of the 

reporting period and includes, for example, underlying loan-level data, and structural features of securitisation, such as subordination, excess 

spread, over-collateralisation or other forms of credit enhancement. Management compares the losses projected for the underlying collateral 

(“pool losses”) against the level of credit enhancement in the securitisation structure to determine whether these features are sufficient to absorb 

the pool losses, or whether a credit loss on the debt security exists. Management also performs other analyses to support its cash flow projections, 

such as stress scenarios. For debt securities, Management considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to 

recover the entire amortised cost basis of the security.

See “Note 6: Investments” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for additional tables and information.

Loans
The loan portfolio stood at $4.2 billion at 31 December 2011, up $0.2 billion from $4.0 billion the year before, due to the net advancement of  
$196 million to the Government of Bermuda and an increase of $121 million in Guernsey, offset by the partial and full settlement of certain 

corporate loans. At 31 December 2011, the loan portfolio represented 48.1% of total assets, compared to 42.0% at 31 December 2010, whilst loans  

as a percentage of customer deposits were 57.4% (2010: 49.6%).

Specific and general allowances for loan losses at 2011 totalled $61.4 million at 31 December 2011, a decrease of $5.4 million from $66.8 million 

at year-end 2010. The movement in the allowance results from $23.8 million (2010: $107.9 million) of partial charge-offs, primarily on commercial 

related exposures, which the Bank deemed unrecoverable.  This was offset by $4.1 million of recoveries (2010: $2.5 million) and $14.3 million  

(2010: $42.0 million) of incremental provisions for specific reserves, as well as enhancements to the general provisions in line with our provisioning 

policy that incorporates projected losses in changing economic environments.

Charge-offs were $23.8 million in 2011 compared to $107.9 million in 2010, whilst recoveries totalled $4.1 million in 2011 compared to $2.5 million in 

2010.  Total allowance for credit losses was $61.4 million at 31 December 2011, down from $66.8 million at 31 December 2010. Of the total allowance, 

the general allowance was $35.5 million (2010: $36.5 million) and the specific allowance was $25.9 million (2010: $30.3 million) and represents a total 

coverage ratio of 21.2% of gross non-accrual loans at 31 December 2011, compared to 19.0% at 31 December 2010.

28

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Gross non-accrual loans totalled $122.5 million at 31 December 2011, down $37.0 million from $159.5 million at 31 December 2010, and represented 

2.8% of the total loan portfolio at 31 December 2011, compared to 3.9% in 2010. During 2011 the Bank recorded  Other Real Estate Owned 

properties (“OREO”) amounting to $27.4 million comprising real estate, amounting to $20.8 million, received during 2011 as settlement for a 

commercial mortgage loan balance and foreclosed residential properties with a fair value less cost to sell of $6.6 million.

A significant component of our credit risk relates to our loan portfolio. In addition, credit risk is inherent in certain contractual obligations such as 

legally binding unfunded commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Our real estate loan portfolio 

comprises lending secured by commercial and residential real estate. 

31 DECEMBER 2011 LENDING BY LOCATION

31 DECEMBER 2011 GROUP LOANS BY TYPE

United Kingdom 10%

Commercial Mortgages 19%

Bermuda 58%

Guernsey 11%

Other Consumer 5%

Credit Cards 2%

Automobile Financing 1%

Commercial Overdrafts 2%

Commercial and Industrial 7%

Governments 6%

Construction 1%

Cayman 17%

Barbados 4%

Residential Mortgages 57%

Commercial and Industrial 

Government
Loans to governments increased by $194.6 million, primarily as a result of the Bank’s continued investment in the Bermuda economy. During 2011, 

the Bank extended the Government of Bermuda loan facility to $235 million, which was fully drawn down at the end of 2011. 

Commercial and Industrial
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and  

medium-sized entities, which are generally not collateralised by mortgages and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of 

the underlying businesses.

Commercial and industrial loans decreased by $134.1 million in 2011 due to the combination of the partial settlement of a loan to BFG in the first 
quarter of 2011 of $40.9 million, and full settlements of corporate loans during 2011.

Commercial Mortgages
Commercial mortgages are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciled primarily in Bermuda and the United Kingdom.  

To manage our credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered 

mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by long-term leases to high quality international 

businesses. These cash flows are principally sufficient to service the loan.  

Commercial mortgage financing decreased by $101.7 million, from $934.1 million at 31 December 2010 to $832.4 million at 31 December 2011, 

primarily due to increased pay downs, including real estate, amounting to $20.8 million, received during 2011 as settlement for a commercial 

mortgage loan balance, and managed reductions in commercial mortgage exposures. In addition, the Bank charged off commercial real estate 

loans, which in the opinion of Management, are considered uncollectible.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    29

Residential
The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive 

financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by residential property. 

At 31 December 2011, residential mortgages totalled $2.4 billion (or 56.4 % of total gross loans), an increase of $0.2 billion from 31 December 2010. 

The value of residential mortgages in Bermuda decreased slightly during 2011, due to the transfer of foreclosed properties to OREO at a fair value 

net of selling costs of $6.6 million. Our Guernsey and United Kingdom offices increased residential mortgage lending to high net worth individuals, 

secured by high-end properties in the London, UK area during the year, resulting in a significant increase in non-Bermuda residential mortgages in 

the portfolio.

All mortgages were underwritten utilising our stringent credit standards. Residential loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity 

credit lines. 

Other Loan Portfolios
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards, commercial 

financing, loans to financial institutions and overdrafts facilities to retail, corporate and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which  

we operate. 

Our loan portfolio and contractual obligations and arrangements are discussed in more detail in the Notes to the Consolidated

Financial Statements.  

See “Note 7: Loans” and “Note 8: Credit Risk Concentration” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for additional tables  

and information.

Deposits
Deposits are our principal funding source for use in lending, investments and liquidity. Butterfield is a deposit-led Bank and does not require 

the use of wholesale funding to fund its loan business. During 2011, core deposits remained stable despite reductions in interest rates paid on 

deposits. Deposit balances at the end of reporting periods, particularly in our Bermuda and Cayman Islands operations, can fluctuate due to 

significant balances that flow in and out from hedge fund clients to meet quarter-end subscriptions and redemptions, and are generally paid out  

in the first few days of the quarter. The Bank views average customer deposits as a more representative measure of customer deposit balances.  

The table below shows the average customer deposit balances by jurisdiction, comparing 2011 with 2010.

(in $ millions) 
Barbados 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

The Bahamas 

United Kingdom 
Total average deposits 

Average balance during

2011 
3,340 
259 
1,732 
1,470 
92 
816 
7,709 

2010 
3,351 

240 

1,823 

1,488 

129 

1,034 
8,065 

$ Change
(11)

19

(91)

(18)

(37)  

(218)
(356)  

Average customer balances were $7.7 billion, down $356 million from the prior year’s average of $8.1 billion. The decrease was primarily in the UK 

where the Bank made a strategic decision to exit its unprofitable Self Invested Personal Pension (“SIPP”) deposit business. In the Cayman Islands, 

the decrease represents lower cash balances held by institutional hedge fund clients during the year; core deposits were flat.

At year-end 2011, total customer deposits were $7.4 billion compared to $8.1 billion at 31 December 2010. The decrease primarily occurred in 

Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the United Kingdom. The decrease in comparative year-end balances in Bermuda was primarily a 

result of lower hedge fund balances at 31 December 2011, as the Bank had experienced a build up of hedge fund deposits to meet the high rate of 

fund redemptions in the prior year.  The $125.8 million decrease in Guernsey was primarily due to attrition as a result of the intense competition 

by European banks to attract new deposits at very high rates, as other forms of liquidity have dissipated due to the credit crisis. In the United 

Kingdom, deposits fell $204.1 million, primarily due to our exiting the SIPP deposit business.

30

 
 
 
             
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits, which include chequing accounts (both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing), savings and call accounts, totalled  

$5.2 billion, or 69.7% of total customer deposits at year-end 2011, compared to $5.5 billion, or 67.9%, at year-end 2010. Term deposits decreased  

by 14.4% from $2.7 billion at year-end 2010 to $2.2 billion at year-end 2011 as customers moved to demand deposits given the low interest rate 

spread on longer-term deposits.

The cost of funds was 0.52% in 2011, down 13 basis points from the 0.65% paid in 2010, as a result of disciplined deposit pricing that contributed to 

the improvement in net interest income.

See “Note 11: Customer Deposits and Deposits from Banks” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for additional  

tables and information.

Borrowings
We have no issuances of certificates of deposit (“CD”), commercial paper (“CP”) or senior notes outstanding and have no CD or CP issuance 

programmes. The Bank had a $300 million committed line of credit that we cancelled in the second quarter of 2011. We are able to source funding 

on an uncommitted basis from a number of major banks, including our principal correspondent banks. We use funding from the inter-bank market 

as part of interest rate and liquidity management. At 31 December 2011, deposits from banks totalled $125.4 million, compared to $79.7 million at 

31 December 2010.

Employee Future Benefits
As at 31 December 2011, the Bank had a substantial obligation for employee future benefits in the amount of $104.9 million, up $19.7 million from 

$85.2 million at year-end 2010. The increase is primarily the result of lower discount rates used to value the future obligations, in line with the 

general downward trend in interest rates, as well as lower than expected returns on plan assets.

In the second quarter of 2010, Shareholders’ equity was bolstered by a combination of changes to post-retirement health care benefits. Following 

an independent, tri-annual actuarial review, the healthcare liability was reduced by approximately $27 million, reflecting changes in demographics 

and claims costs. Additionally, the Bank amended the plan for eligibility, benefits and cost sharing criteria, which resulted in a further reduction in 

the liability of approximately $41 million.

See “Note 12: Employee Future Benefits” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for additional tables and information.

Subordinated Debt, Interest Payments and Maturities
We have outstanding issuances of subordinated debt with a carrying value of $267.8 million as at 31 December 2011, of which $260 million is 

issued in US dollars and £5 million in Great Britain pounds compared to $282.8 million as at 31 December 2010. All but $27.0 million of outstanding 

subordinated debt is eligible for inclusion in our Tier 2 regulatory capital base and is limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital.

During September 2011, the Bank repurchased a portion of the outstanding 5.11% 2005 Series B Subordinated Notes (“the Note”). The face value 

of the portion of the Note repurchased was $15 million and the purchase price paid for the repurchase was $13.875 million, which realised a gain of 

$1.125 million.

See “Note 19: Subordinated Capital” in the 31 December 2011 audited Financial Statements for additional tables and information.

Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase 

agreement transaction, we will generally sell an investment security, agreeing to repurchase either the same or a substantially identical security 

on a specified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference in the sale price and 

repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be 

delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a 

cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the 

securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimise this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we 

generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have ‘Master Repurchase’ agreements. Repurchase transactions 

are accounted for as financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as  

a liability in our consolidated financial statements. No repurchase agreements were outstanding as at year-ends 2011 and 2010.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    31

Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity increased during the year ended 31 December 2011 by $20.4 million to $829.7 million, reflecting:

(cid:115)(cid:0) $40.5 million net income for the year.
(cid:115)(cid:0) $19.8 million from unrealised gains on AFS securities.
(cid:115)(cid:0) $3.9 million of Share-based compensation.
(cid:115)(cid:0) $0.8 million translation adjustments on foreign operations.

These increases were offset by:

(cid:115)(cid:0) $23.4 million net increase in employee future benefits from the decline in interest rates used to discount the future cash flows, and lower 

than expected return on plan assets.

(cid:115)(cid:0) $18.0 million Preference Share dividend and guarantee fee.
(cid:115)(cid:0) $3.3 million cash dividends on CVCP Shares.

Capital Resources
One of Management’s primary objectives is to maintain a strong capital base to promote confidence in the Bank among our clients, the investing 

public, bank regulators, rating agencies, and Shareholders. The Bank manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on 

a legal entity basis. The Finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and 

limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve regional Management 

when appropriate. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of 

the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.

The Bank is subject to Basel II, which is a risk-based capital adequacy framework developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and 

has been endorsed by the central bank governors and heads of bank supervision of the G10 countries. The Bank calculates its capital requirement 

on the Standardised approach under Basel II requirements. The Bank does not expect the changes being proposed to the capital adequacy ratios 

under Basel III to have a material impact on the Bank’s capital ratios.

The Bank is fully compliant with all regulatory capital requirements and maintains capital ratios well in excess of regulatory minimums as at 

31 December 2011.

As at 31 December 2011, the Bank’s regulatory capital stood at $1,041.0 million with the consolidated Tier 1 total and total capital ratios being 17.7% 

and 23.5%, respectively (31 December 2010: 15.7% and 21.6%, respectively). 

The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010 in accordance with Basel II framework:

Year ended 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Capital 
Tier 1 capital 

Tier 2 capital 

Deductions 

Total capital 

Weighted Risk Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents and investments 

Loans 

Other assets 

Off-Balance Sheet items 

Operational risk charge 

Total weighted risk assets 

Capital Ratios ( % ) 
Tier 1 common 

Tier 1 total 

Total capital 

32

 2011 

2010

781.4 
276.3 
(16.7) 
1,041.0 

722.7 
2,408.7 
401.7 
320.2 
572.3 
4,425.6 

13.1% 
17.7% 
23.5% 

772.5

310.3

(15.3)

1,067.5

957.6

2,552.2

426.0

372.4

626.4

4,934.6

11.6%

15.7%

21.6%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under Basel II Pillar III (market disclosure) the Bank is required to publish further information about the risks to which it is exposed. The Bank’s 

Pillar III disclosures for the year ended 31 December 2011 will be published on the corporate website, www.butterfieldgroup.com, shortly after the 

publication of these Financials Statements.

Preference Shares
In June 2009, the Bank offered 200,000 of 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Limited Voting Preference Shares, liquidation preference of US $1,000 

per share (the “Preference Shares”) and $200,000,000 in the aggregate. The Preference Shares are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, with the 

full faith and credit of the Government of Bermuda (the “Guarantor”), as to payment of dividends for up to ten years and as to payment of the 

liquidation preference on, or in certain circumstances prior to, the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance (the “Guarantee”).

Dividends on the Preference Shares are payable quarterly on a non-cumulative basis, only when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors, 

on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December of each year at a fixed rate equal to 8.00% per annum on the liquidation preference, 

commencing on 15 September 2009. In the event that, during the ten-year term of the Guarantee, the Bank does not pay full dividends in respect 

of any quarterly dividend period on any Preference Shares that are then issued and outstanding, the Guarantor has agreed to pay to holders of 

the Preference Shares an amount equal to such unpaid dividends pursuant to the Guarantee. The Bank may redeem the Preference Shares at its 

option, subject to approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”), in whole or in part, on the tenth day prior to the ten-year anniversary 

of the date of issuance (the “Bank Redemption Date”), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference thereof plus any 

unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend period to the Guarantee End Date, regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared 

for such dividend period. In addition, the Bank may redeem the Preference Shares prior to the Bank Redemption Date, at its option, subject to 

approval of the BMA, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the Make-Whole Redemption Price. 

Unless previously redeemed, the Guarantor has agreed to purchase from the holders thereof, and such holders will be required to transfer to 

the Guarantor, on the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance, all Preference Shares then issued and outstanding, at a price per Preference 

Share equal to the liquidation preference thereof plus any unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend period to the date of such purchase, 

regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for such dividend period. In addition, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event at 

any time prior to the ten-year anniversary of the date of issuance of the Preference Shares, the Guarantor has agreed to purchase from the holders 

thereof, and such holders will be required to transfer to the Guarantor, all Preference Shares then issued and outstanding, at a price per Preference 

Share equal to the liquidation preference thereof plus any unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend period to the date of payment, 

regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for such dividend period.

Capital Raise
On 2 March 2010, the Bank issued 144.8 million Common Shares of par value $1 per Share, for a consideration of $175.0 million and 281,770 

Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares of par value $0.01 per Share and 93,230 Contingent Convertible Preference Shares of par value $0.01 

per Share, for a consideration of $281.8 million and $93.2 million, respectively.

Following the Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on 8 April 2010, The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited’s Shareholders approved an 

increase in the authorised share capital to 26,000,000,000 Common Shares of par value BD$0.01. Subsequent to the increase, conversion of 281,770 

Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares into 233,157,035 Common Shares and 93,230 Contingent Convertible Preference Shares into 77,144,993 

Common Shares took place.

At the Special General Meeting of Shareholders held on 14 April 2009, the Board of Directors were granted the authority to issue, allot or grant 

options, warrants or similar rights over or otherwise dispose of all the authorised but unissued Share capital of the Bank.

Rights Offering (See the Rights Offering Prospectus for details)
In March 2010, the Bank offered up to 99.3 million Common Shares and 8.3 million CVCP Shares in the form of up to 107.6 million Rights Units, 

each Unit consisting of 0.92038 Common Shares and 0.07692 CVCP Shares, for each Common Share held at a price of BD$1.21 per Rights Unit. 

Each qualifying Shareholder received 1.113 transferable rights to purchase 1 Rights Unit. Unallocated Rights Shares were available to qualifying 

Shareholders who exercised all the rights issued to them. Any unallocated Rights Shares remaining thereafter were available to qualifying holders 

of 8.0% Preference Shares.

Following the closing of the Rights Offering on 11 May 2010, the gross proceeds of $130 million were used to repurchase 107,571,361 Shares from 

the 2 March 2010 investors at the same price at which the investors originally subscribed for the Shares.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    33

Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares (See the Rights Offering Prospectus for details)
A holder of CVCP Shares has the option to convert any such Shares to Common Shares at any time. All CVCP Shares outstanding will automatically 

convert into Common Shares at the earlier of 31 March 2015 or a sale of the Bank. On such conversion, the CVCP Shares will convert into Common 

Shares at the Conversion Price. The initial Conversion Price shall be US$1.21 subject to any customary anti-dilution adjustments and certain 

downward notional adjustment based on certain loan recoveries.

A holder of CVCP Shares is entitled to certain distributions in connection with certain sales or public offerings of the Bank’s equity interest in BFG. 

On 9 February 2011, the Bank announced that it has agreed to sell its minority ownership position in BFG to a new company founded by fund 

industry executives Tim Calveley and Glenn Henderson and private equity firm, BV Investment Partners. The sale transaction closed during the 

second quarter of 2011 and generated proceeds of $3.31 million. The completion of the sale triggered a dividend of $3.27 million ($0.42 per Share) 

to holders of Butterfield CVCP Shares, which was paid on 16 August 2011 to Shareholders of record on 26 July 2011. Through this transaction, the 

Bank has fully divested itself of its minority ownership stake in BFG. BFG now operates as a subsidiary of the new company. The Bank continues to 

provide BFG and its clients with commercial banking, foreign exchange and custody services. BFG was originally established in 2008 through the 

merger of Butterfield Fund Services and the Fulcrum Group.

When, as and if declared by the Board, holders of the outstanding CVCP Shares will be entitled to receive dividends based on the number of 

Common Shares into which the CVCP Shares would be convertible as of the dividend record date.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Bank, the holders of the CVCP Shares will be 

entitled to receive from its assets legally available for distribution to Shareholders as a liquidation preference before any distribution of assets is 

made to or set aside for the holders of any junior Shares, such as the Common Shares, the greater of (1) US$1.21 per CVCP Share plus any declared 

but unpaid dividends with respect to the then-current dividend period and (ii) the amount per CVCP Share that would be received if such CVCP 

Share had converted into Common Shares immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

The CVCP Shares are issued as perpetual securities subject to conversion to Common Shares and shall not be redeemable by any holders  

at any time.

The holders of the CVCP Shares will vote together with the holders of the Common Shares on all matters upon which the holders of the Common 

Shares are entitled to vote. The CVCP Shares shall be entitled to such number of votes based on the number of Common Shares into which the 

CVCP Shares are convertible as of the applicable record date.

The class vote of the holders of at least 66.6% of the CVCP Shares shall be required for (i) the creation or issuance of Shares that are senior to 

liquidation, (ii) an amendment of rights of the CVCP Shares or (iii) a reclassification, merger, amalgamation or consolidation where the holders of 

CVCP Shares would not receive the consideration that would be received if such CVCP Shares had converted into Common Shares immediately 

prior to such event.

The CVCP Shares shall be privately transferable (subject to applicable securities laws and any required regulatory consents) but shall not be listed 

on the Bermuda Stock Exchange or any other Stock Exchange. The CVCP Shares will not be registered under the securities laws of any jurisdiction. 

This will result in a limited market for the CVCP Shares.

With respect to the 8.0% Preference Shares, the CVCP Shares rank pari passu as to liquidation and pari passu as to dividends and, with respect to 

Common Shares, the CVCP Shares rank senior as to liquidation and pari passu as to dividends (other than dividends relating to BFG, as to which 

the CVCP Shares rank senior).

As at 31 December 2011, there were 7.46 million CVCP Shares outstanding with 0.325 million Shares converted to Common Shares at the holders’ 

option during the year ended as at 31 December 2011. As at 31 December 2011 there were no loan recoveries attributable to the CVCP Shares as 

defined in the certificate of designation. Consequently, the conversion factor to Common Shares at 31 December 2011 remained one to one (1:1). 

Loan recoveries mean the amount by which the cumulative amount of collections actually received by the Bank with respect to “Covered Loans” 

from and after 1 January 2010 and through (and including) the Measurement Date exceeds $102.3 million. In no event shall the loan recoveries 

exceed US$42.0 million. As at 31 December 2011, the carrying value of the covered loans was $27.9 million (2010: $58.5 million) reflecting  

charge-offs during the year as approved by the Audit Committee and reviewed by an independent committee of the Board of Directors.

34

Warrants 
Following the Capital Raise on 2 March 2010, the terms of the 4,279,601 warrants with an exercise price of $7.01 previously issued to the 

Government of Bermuda in conjunction with the issuance of the Preference Shares in 2009 were adjusted in accordance with the terms of the 

guarantee. Subsequently, the Government of Bermuda now holds 4,150,774 warrants with an exercise price of $3.614.

Dividends 
No Common Share dividends were declared or paid in 2011 or 2010. Preference Share dividends declared and paid were $16.0 million during 2011 

(2010: $16.6 million) in relation to the 8% dividends. In 2011, a $3.3 million dividend was paid to holders of CVCP Shares triggered by the sale of the 

Bank’s minority interest in BFG. Guarantee fees paid to the Government of Bermuda were $2.0 million during each of 2011 and 2010.

Cash Flows 
Cash and cash equivalents were $2.0 billion as at 31 December 2011, compared to $2.4 billion in the prior year. The decrease is described below by 

category of operating, investing and financing activities.

For the year ended 31 December 2011, net cash provided by operating activities totalled $43.7 million (2010: $67.0 million). Cash flows from 

operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided 

by operating activities decreased by $23.3 million from 2010 to 2011, due primarily from the $50 million investment of seed money in the new BNY 

Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund, classified as “trading investments” for accounting purposes. However, cash generated from operating 

activities before changes in trading investments increased $23.5 million on a rebound of cash earnings compared to the prior year.

Our investing activities include capital expenditures, loan activities, investment activities, and divestiture and acquisition activities. We do 

not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity interest or long-term debt securities of any company, corporation, firm, 

partnership, joint venture, association or other entity, except pursuant to the ordinary course of investment activities, the strategic investment 

in an associated company or as a result of the ordinary course loan structuring. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ending 31 

December 2011 totalled $235.9 million compared $197.3 million in 2010. The $38.6 million increase in 2011 over 2010 was mainly due to a $594.8 

million net cash provided from proceeds from the sale or maturity of AFS investments in 2011, compared to $95.3 million in 2010, offset by the 

movement in loans year over year (2011: increase of $255.1 million; 2010: decrease of $104.9 million).

Net cash used in financing activities totalled $736.4 million in 2011, compared to the $121.8 million in 2010. The $858.2 million decrease reflects the 

net cash used to fund deposit decreases of $701.2 million in 2011, compared to the $380.8 million decrease in deposits offset by the $521.0 million 

net issuance of Shares and rights in 2010.

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management 
The Bank, in the normal course of business, holds assets under administration and assets under management in a fiduciary or agency capacity 

for our clients. In accordance with US GAAP, these assets are not assets of the Bank and are not included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Credit-Related Arrangements  
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, 

which are not required to be recorded on the Balance Sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these totals do not 

necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an 

unusual nature.

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client’s payment or performance 

obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the 

guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary’s claim 

against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, whilst the term of the letters of guarantee does  

not exceed four years.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    35

Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk 

should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters 

of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of 

collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee is generally represented by our deposits or a charge over 

assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover 

the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.  

The following table sets forth the outstanding financial guarantees with contractual amounts representing credit risk: 

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 
Standby letters of credit 
Letters of guarantee 
Total 

Gross  Collateral 

321.0 

13.4 

334.4 

303.8 

9.9 

313.7 

2011 

Net 

17.2 

3.5 

20.7 

Gross 
386.7 

14.1 

400.8 

Collateral 
354.3 

8.7 

363.0 

2010

Net
32.4 

5.4 

37.8

Collateral is shown at estimated market value less selling cost. Where cash is the collateral, it is shown in gross amounts including interest income. 

Contractual Obligations (Including Subordinated Debt)
We enter into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and 

for specific purposes. These credit arrangements are subject to our normal credit standards and collateral is obtained where appropriate. 

Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon clients maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. 

Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for possible 

loan losses.

In the second quarter of 2011, the Bank cancelled its commitment for a $300 million line of credit with CIBC as Management deemed it was no 

longer necessary. Whilst outstanding, the facility fees were $200,000 per month. In 2010, the Bank had incurred non-recurring fees of $7.48 million  

to setup the line of credit facility. A committed line of credit to our Bank in the Cayman Islands, from one of its custodians, was allowed to expire  

on its maturity on 31 December 2011. Both committed lines were exited as they were no longer required as part of the Bank’s liquidity 

management programme.

The Bank entered into an asset liability management agreement with Carlyle Investment Management LLC (“Carlyle”), an affiliated company of 

the Carlyle Group with an effective date of 1 October 2010. Per the agreement Carlyle has agreed to provide Balance Sheet management advisory 

services to the Bank for an annual fee of $4.0 million until 1 October 2013.

The Bank has a facility, by one of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to US$200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on 

a fully secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilised 

facility. At 31 December 2011, $137.1 million (2010: $174.5 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility.

The contractual amounts for these commitments represent the maximum payments we would have to make should the contracts be fully  
drawn, the counterparty default, and any collateral held prove to be of no value. Commitments, when drawn, would be funded from our free  

cash resources.

We enter into other contractual obligations in the normal course of business. Certain of these obligations, such as subordinated debt, are recorded 

as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Other items, such as sourcing agreements, operating leases and other purchase contracts, are not 

required to be recorded on the Balance Sheet. Expected cash payments associated with subordinated debt are based on principal payment dates. 

See “Note 19: Subordinated Capital” for terms of subordinated debt arrangements and interest rates.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The $112.5 million contractual obligation in respect of sourcing—for Bermuda and the Cayman Islands—relates to an eight-year agreement entered 

into in October 2008 with global technology service provider Hewlett Packard (“HP”) (previously EDS) to supply technology infrastructure and 

application development management, information security and technical support for our locations in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. In 2011, 

working with HP, we completed the transition of all our business applications and legacy systems in these locations to a new, common platform that 

will be centrally managed. Under our agreement with HP, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and 

development and help desk functions are managed by HP. In addition, HP managed the installation of and conversion to our new, common core 

banking system in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands which went live in 2011. The transition of functional responsibility for information technology 

management and support, and the implementation of a new core banking system were completed in the Cayman Islands in the second quarter 

and in Bermuda in the fourth quarter. Under the agreement, we have the option to expand HP’s service to our other locations, subject to agreement 

on an expansion plan and fees.

We believe that our arrangement with HP will help us optimise operations, improve productivity and enhance client service. We expect to derive 

synergies in the form of cost savings over time. The management and coordination of our international information technology functions will 

continue to be carried out from our head office in Bermuda.

We have entered into additional contractual obligations in the normal course of business which are not significant to the amounts above. 

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk Governance
The Group’s risk governance and management structure is illustrated below:

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

RISK POLICY & COMPLIANCE
COMMITTEE 

AUDIT COMMITTEE

GROUP RISK COMMITTEE

GROUP ASSET & LIABILITY
COMMITTEE 

GROUP CREDIT COMMITTEE

PROVISION & IMPAIRMENTS
COMMITTEE 

POLICY DEVELOPMENT
COMMITTEE 

JURISDICTIONAL BUSINESS UNITS & OVERSIGHT COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors oversees the Group’s risk management programme through the approval of the Risk Appetite Framework and supporting 

risk management policies. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated Committees:

The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee  
This Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group’s risk profile and its performance against approved risk 

appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the Committee considers the sufficiency of the Group’s policies, procedures and limits related 

to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational and 

reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.

The Audit Committee 
This Committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls and the control environment, including 

those that are brought to bear in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit 

review activities and Management’s response to any findings raised.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    37

Both the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee and the Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the 

dedicated Audit, Compliance & Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey and Caribbean operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk 

management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These Committees are chaired by 

Non-Executive Directors drawn from our jurisdictional Boards.

The Group Executive Management team, led by the President & Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and including the members of Executive 

Management reporting directly to the CEO, is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across 

the Group. It is supported by the following committees:

The Group Risk Committee (GRC) 
This is the Senior Management Committee with responsibility for risk governance.  It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks 

assumed across the Group as a whole, based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal and regulatory compliance, operational, 

interest rate, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerances 

promulgated by the Board.  It is responsible for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group’s Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the 

Capital assessment and risk profile (“CARP”) process (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group’s key risk policies to the 

Board of Directors for approval, for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites and for 

identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans. 

Its membership is drawn from the Group Executive Management team, including the CEO.  The meeting is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer.

The Group Asset & Liability Committee 
This Committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and exchange rate risk management and other Balance Sheet issues. It also oversees 

the execution of the Group’s investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the 

execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank’s jurisdictional business units. 

Its membership is drawn from the Group Executive and Senior Management teams, including the Chief Risk Officer and the CEO. The meeting is 

chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. 

The Group Credit Committee 
This Committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across 

the Group, at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee, a 

dedicated Sub-Committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed 

in the Group’s treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of local Credit Committees in the UK, Guernsey, and the Caribbean, which 

review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommend specific transactions outside of these limits to the Group Credit 

Committee for approval.

Its membership is drawn from the Group Executive and Senior Management teams. The meeting is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer.

The Provisions & Impairments Committee 
This Committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile 

of the Group in regard to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by local Credit Committees and the Group 

Credit Committee, which make recommendations to this Committee. 

Its membership is drawn from the Group Executive Management team, including the CEO. The meeting is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer.

The Policy Development Committee 
This Committee is responsible for overseeing the design, development and maintenance of the Group’s framework of operational policies.  

It develops recommendations regarding policy requirements, engages with nominated members of Executive Management to ensure that policies 

are drafted or updated on a timely basis and provides a forum through which they are debated Group-wide prior to their adoption, thereby 

ensuring a consistency of application and interpretation. It also ensures that all policies and any policy exception requests are reviewed and 

recommended prior to presentation to the Group Risk Committee or Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board for approval.

Its membership is drawn from the Senior Management team across the Group. It is chaired by the Group Head of Compliance.

Risk Management
The Group manages its exposure to risk through a three “lines of defence” model. This may be summarised as follows: 

38

 
The first “line of defence” 
This is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risk 

associated with these exposures.

The second “line of defence” 
This is provided by the Risk Management group, which works in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the 

risks associated with our business activities and strategies. It does this by:

(cid:115)(cid:0) Making recommendations to the Group Risk Committee regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework. 
(cid:115)(cid:0) Setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning 

them with agreed appetites.

(cid:115)(cid:0) Establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies. 
(cid:115)(cid:0) Measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels.
(cid:115)(cid:0) Opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits.
(cid:115)(cid:0)

Identifying and assessing emerging risks.

The four functions within the Risk Management group that support our risk management activities are outlined below. To ensure a formal 

separation of duties, each reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer.

   Group Market Risk – This provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest  
   rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with the Group’s investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with  

   both regulatory requirements and the Group’s internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.

   Credit Risk Management – This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and  
   commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also 

   establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures 

   should be managed and monitored.  

   Compliance – This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of the Group’s compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes  
   of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with anti-money laundering/counter terrorist financing requirements.  

   It is also responsible for assessing the Group’s potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that         

   should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. 

Group Operational Risk – This unit assesses the effectiveness of the Group’s procedures and internal controls in managing its exposure 
to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new 

technologies. It also oversees the Group’s incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of its loss data collection activities.

The third “line of defence”   
This is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which provides ongoing review, oversight and challenge of the effectiveness of the internal 

controls that are executed by both the business and Risk Management communities in the management, monitoring and measurement of our 

exposure to risk. This includes the review of the accuracy of the underlying data and appropriateness of the stress testing methodologies that are 

executed as a part of our CARP process.

The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by Executive Management and approved 

formally by the Board of Directors, it communicates a willingness to take on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines 

those that should be avoided. It also provides Management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and 

establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviours that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It 

is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders, feeds into our business planning processes, and shapes our discussions on risk matters generally.

Our framework comprises the following elements:

  (i).  Nine broad categories of risk: Credit; Market; Liquidity; Legal & Regulatory; Governance; Process & Technology; People, Country & Political;  

and Reputational. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its  

strategic goals. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    39

 
 
 
 
 
  (ii).  For each risk category, there is a declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into  

the three options set out in the table below, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward  

profile assumed: 

APPETITE 

DEFINITION 

PROFILE

Averse

The Group will work to avoid exposure to this risk 

Our processes and controls are defensive and 

given its potential for financial loss, reputational 

focus on detection and prevention.

damage, and/or the loss of customer and/or  

investor confidence.   

Cautions

Given the potential for financial loss, reputational 

Security is favoured over reward. Exposures are 

damage, and the loss of customer and/or investor 

only assumed when the risk can be quantified 

confidence, the Group will be very selective in the 

accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.       

exposures assumed to this risk and will monitor  

it closely.     

Open

The Group will consider opportunities to accept 

Reward is commensurate with the risk assumed.  

this risk and will accept those that fall within clearly 

Exposures can be estimated reliably and 

defined parameters. The risk of loss or reputational 

structures, systems and processes are in  

damage is accepted but the exposure can be 

place to manage it.     

estimated reliably and can be managed to a  

tolerable level. 

  (iii). A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing  

to assume and the management behaviours that we should exhibit when doing so.  

Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are 

designed to reflect both forward looking as well as historical perspectives), are designed to provide Executive Management and the Board with an 

indication of the “direction” of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring 

remedial action. The metrics are monitored independently by the Group Risk function and are measured against actual results. The results of 

these analyses are reported to Management at all levels of the organisation and are reviewed regularly by both the Group Risk and Risk Policy & 

Compliance Committees in the performance of their oversight activities. 

Application Of The Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management function in an effort to 

express as complete a “picture” as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a 

formal review and approval process at both the Executive Management and Board levels prior to their adoption. 

Through this approach, the Risk Appetite Framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviours at all 

levels of the organisation and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our Jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk 

appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local Risk Management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the 

establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. Group Risk has reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and has modified any 

appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach. 

Credit Ratings
Our credit ratings are provided in the table below: 

Short-term deposits 

Long-term deposits and debt 

Outlook 

40

  Standard  

Moody’s 

Fitch  

& Poor’s 
A-2 

A- 

P-1 

A2 

F1

A-

Negative 

Negative 

Stable  

 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JURISDICTION AND GROUP BUSINESS OVERVIEWS 

BARBADOS
Total revenues before gains and losses in Barbados were down 6.6% 

Throughout 2011, tight cost management was a major strategy of  

year over year, primarily due to lower earnings from net interest  

Butterfield in Barbados.  In line with this strategy, the Bank  

income offset by reduced credit provisions.  There was a weak 

restructured its operations, resulting in a reduced workforce and an 

demand for credit in the local market during the year, reflective of 

overall reduction in non-interest expense of 12.5% year over year.

continued slowness in the Barbados economy. 

In terms of community support, the Bank continued its title  

sponsorship of the Barbados Seniors’ Expo.

(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income  

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses 

Total expenses  

Net income before gains and losses  

Net gains (losses) 

Net income   

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses  

Total assets 

Number of employees 

2011 
11,485 

(1,156) 

2,896 

13,225 

12,135 

1,090 

37 

1,127 

269 

178 

304 

114 

2010 
12,917 

(1,707) 

2,948 

14,158 

13,863 

295 

(151) 

144 

240 

185 

274 

138 

$ change 
(1,432) 

% change
(11.1)

551 

(52) 

(933) 

(1,728) 

795 

188 

983 

29 

(7) 

30 

(32.3)

(1.8)

(6.6)

(12.5)

269.5

(124.5)

682.6

12.1

(3.8)

10.9

(24) 

(17.4)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BERMUDA
Bermuda is home to Butterfield’s headquarters and remains the Bank’s 

Loans secured by commercial office buildings continue to perform 

largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees, Banking Centre 

well, whilst residential mortgage delinquencies have risen modestly 

locations and business volume. The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son 

and remain low by international standards.

Limited (“Butterfield”) is Bermuda’s first and largest independent 

bank, offering a full range of community banking services and wealth 

Credit provisions were $25.6 million in 2010 compared to $1.2 million 

management, including private banking, asset management and 

in 2011, primarily due to the release of provisions during the year 

personal trust services. Butterfield also provides services to corporate 

relating to real estate received in settlement of loans outstanding.  

and institutional clients, which include asset management and 

As a result, net income was up $208.9 million to $25.8 million for the 

corporate trust services.

year ended 31 December 2011. Total assets were $4.6 billion at  

31 December 2011, down $0.6 billion from 31 December 2010. Assets 

Bermuda’s revenue before gains and losses increased year over year 

under management were $3.4 billion at 31 December 2011, down  

by $38.8 million, or 24.4%, reflecting higher interest income, decreased 

from $3.6 billion at 31 December 2010, reflecting the net redemptions, 

interest expense, and decreased provisions for credit losses offset 

whilst assets under administration for our trust and custody 

against decreased non-interest income.  

businesses at 31 December 2011 were $24.7 billion and $21.8 billion, 

respectively, compared to $22.8 billion and $19.6 billion at  

The Bank has stabilised its exposure to the hospitality industry. The 

31 December 2010. 

Bank has taken action to place two hotel properties in Bermuda in 

receivership, where it was deemed to be the best course of action to 

Against a backdrop of economic difficulties locally, and despite the 

protect the value of assets and safeguard the interests of the Bank’s 

impact they had on the Bank’s performance in 2011, Butterfield has 

Shareholders. The properties are being managed professionally 

reaffirmed our commitment to supporting the third sector, locally. The 

with a view to selling them as going concerns as soon as appropriate 

Bank believes that its long-term success and growth as an organisation 

arrangements can be reached. 

depends on the prosperity of the communities it serves. In 2011, 

the Bank reduced the total amount it donated to local charities in 

Bermuda, but refocused its giving efforts on human services.

42

(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income   

Revenue before gains and losses  

Total expenses   

Net income before gains and losses   

Net gains (losses)  

Net income (loss) 

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses  

Total assets   

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services 

Trust  

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds   

Other assets under management  

Total assets under management 

2011 
131,937 

(1,202) 

67,081 

197,816 

176,726 

21,090 

4,754 

2010 
113,363 

$ change 
          18,574  

% change
           16.4 

(25,650) 

          24,448  

          (95.3)

71,325 

           (4,244) 

            (6.0)

159,038 

          38,778  

           24.4 

192,174 

         (15,448) 

            (8.0)

(33,136) 

          54,226  

        (163.6)

(149,940) 

        154,694  

        (103.2)

25,844 

(183,076) 

        208,920  

        (114.1)

3,260 

2,507 

4,578 

3,605 

              (345) 

            (9.6)

2,505 

                   2  

             0.1 

5,193                (615) 

          (11.8)

21,761 

24,735 

19,633 

            2,128  

           10.8 

22,835 

            1,900  

             8.3 

2,653 

752 

3,405 

2,870 

              (217) 

            (7.6)

746 

                   6  

             0.8 

3,616                (211) 

            (5.8)

Number of employees 

664 

732 

(68) 

(9.3)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAYMAN ISLANDS
Cayman is Butterfield’s second largest jurisdiction in terms of business 

increases in professional and outside services costs related to asset 

and market presence. The Bank offers a full range of personal and 

liability management services and investment advice, along with 

corporate financial services in the Cayman Islands and is among the 

additional cost associated with auditing the current year’s system 

leaders in this highly competitive market. To complement Butterfield’s 

conversion. Provisions for credit losses were up 4.4% to $4.0 million 

strong retail banking presence, Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited 

on certain overseas investment mortgages, certain commercial loans 

continued to focus on developing its wealth management businesses. 

and overall loan growth year over year. Total assets, at $2.0 billion, 

For the second year in a row, Butterfield’s private banking service 

were down $63 million or 3.1%. Client assets under administration 

in Cayman was named “Best Private Bank in the Cayman Islands” 

decreased by 25.6% to $3.4 billion, due primarily to declines in the 

by Euromoney’s Private Banking and Wealth Management Survey, 

value of assets relating to trust clients.

considered the benchmark of excellence in international private 

wealth management. In April, the Bank implemented its new banking 

In 2011, Butterfield continued to demonstrate its commitment to the 

platform providing the basis for future client service offerings.    

Cayman Islands by supporting high-profile economic development 

events and charitable causes. The Bank provides financial support 

Net income before gains and losses of $9.0 million improved 28.6%, 

and board representation to the Cayman Islands Banker’s Association 

whilst the year-on-year improvement in net income in Cayman was 

and Cayman Finance, the industry-led organisations that foster the 

primarily attributable to the realised gains on sale of $2.0 million in  

ongoing development of financial services in the Cayman Islands. 

the current year compared to realised losses of $11.6 million on the 

Butterfield also had a prominent showing at the Cayman Captive 

sale of asset-backed securities in the Available For Sale portfolio in 

Forum conference. 

the prior year. Net interest income improved 30.6% year over year,  

to $37.3 million, whilst non-interest income declined by 5.4% to  

Butterfield sponsored the nineteenth annual St. Patrick’s Day Irish 

$30.6 million, resulting from decreases in net banking services 

Jog, benefiting The Lighthouse School, Cayman’s only school for 

revenues due to increases in credit card servicing costs, reduced 

special needs children. Butterfield Cayman continues to be a major 

asset management fees, trust fees and foreign exchange commissions. 

contributor to organisations such as Cayman Hospice Care, the 

While Cayman experienced steady growth in residential mortgages in 

Cayman Heart Fund, the Cancer Society, the Cayman Islands Red 

2011, absorbing the Bahamas-based residential mortgage book and 

Cross, Cayman Islands Little League and Junior Squash. Additionally, 

participating in several commercial lending deals with its parent led  

2011 saw the launch of the Butterfield Education Grant, where schools 

to an increase in the Bank’s loan book of $114 million, or 18.8% year  

compete for a grant of $20,000 to fund specific initiatives.

on year.

Total expenses were $55.0 million in 2011, up $4.8 million from  

$50.2 million in 2010, due to increased technology and communication 

costs driven by the Bank’s outsourced I.T. services model and new 

operating systems implemented in April, including depreciation of its 

software fixed asset during the balance of the year. There were 

44

(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income  

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses     

Total expenses     

Net income before gains and losses  

Net gains (losses)     

Net income (loss)    

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses   
Total assets 

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services 

Trust 

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds   

Other assets under management 

Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

2011 
37,325 

(3,974) 

30,650 

64,001 

54,988 

9,013 

1,955 

2010 
28,571 

$ change 
          8,754  

% change
           30.6 

(3,808) 

              (166) 

             4.4 

32,389 

           (1,739) 

            (5.4)

57,152 

            6,849  

           12.0 

50,145 

            4,843  

             9.7 

7,007 

            2,006  

           28.6 

(11,600) 

          13,555  

        (116.9)

10,968 

(4,593) 

          15,561  

        (338.8)

1,743 

722 

1,974 

1,226 

2,188 

211 

760 

971 

308 

1,781 

                (38) 

            (2.1)

608 

               114  

           18.8 

2,037                  (63) 

            (3.1)

1,187 

                 39  

             3.3 

3,401 

           (1,213) 

          (35.7)

270 

837 

                (59) 

          (21.9)

                (77) 

            (9.2)

1,107                (136) 

          (12.3)

326                  (18) 

            (5.5)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
GUERNSEY
In Guernsey, Butterfield offers private banking, lending, asset 

Butterfield in Guernsey has continued to support initiatives and its 

management, custody, administered banking and fiduciary services.

profile in the local community through sponsorships of the Guernsey 

Volleyball Junior Development Programme, the Guernsey Squash 

Net interest income increased by $6.0 million, from $12.4 million in 

Rackets Association’s Racketball coaching programme and Guernsey 

2010, to $18.4 million in 2011, from the purchase of higher-yielding, 

Annual Squash Open, The Guernsey Sinfonietta, as well as the Classic 

longer duration assets, and strong growth in our lending book.  

Yacht Regatta, which was hosted on the island.

Non-interest income decreased by $1.3 million from $23.0 million in 

2010 to $21.7 million in 2011, from the loss of two administered bank 

To build upon the Group’s reputation and profile in the area of 

mandates and lower foreign exchange revenues, compensated in  

fiduciary services, sponsorship was provided for the Society of Trust 

part, by increases in asset management revenues. Total expenses 

and Estate Practitioner’s Asia conference held in Singapore. Support 

increased by $2.6 million to $30.2 million for the year ended  

for promotional initiatives led by Guernsey Finance was also provided 

31 December 2011, due to increases in professional and advisory  

with a secondary sponsorship at the 2011 Guernsey Funds Forum held 

fees in 2011 coupled with a non-recurring expense recovery in 

in London.      

2010. Total assets at 31 December 2011 were $1.5 billion, down 

from $1.6 billion at 31 December 2010, due to customer deposit 

balances reducing by $128 million, offset by year-on-year exchange 

translation variances. Loans increased $120 million to $453 million 

from $333 million at 31 December 2010 as a direct result of our 

strategy to increase our lending balances with high net worth clients 

investing in high end residential prime property.  Client assets under 

administration were $16.7 billion at 31 December 2011, up from  

$16.4 billion a year earlier.

46

         
(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses  

Total expenses   

Net income before gains and losses   

Net gains (losses) 

Net income 

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Total assets 

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services  

Trust   

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds 

Other assets under management 

Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

2011 
18,379 

21,664 

39,406 

30,245 

9,161 

242 

9,403 

1,334 

453 

1,480 

2010 
12,384 

$ change 
            5,995  

% change
           48.4 

23,003 

           (1,339) 

            (5.8)

35,387 

            4,019  

           11.4 

27,625 

            2,620  

             9.5 

7,762 

            1,399  

           18.0 

(1,433) 

            1,675  

        (116.9)

6,329 

            3,074  

           48.6 

1,462 

              (128) 

            (8.8)

333 

               120  

           36.0 

1,618                (138) 

            (8.5)

6,714 

9,944 

5,694 

            1,020  

           17.9 

10,754 

              (810) 

            (7.5)

141 

447 

588 

165 

180 

512 

                (39) 

          (21.7)

                (65) 

          (12.7)

692                (104) 

          (15.0)

166                    (1) 

            (0.6)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM
In the UK, Butterfield Private Bank provides a range of exclusive 

During 2011, Butterfield re-focused its business on providing exclusive 

banking, lending, treasury and investment management services. This 

private banking and wealth management services to wealthy clients 

includes family office services to high net worth international clients 

and their families through the exit of non-core business. As part of 

and their advisers from offices in London.

a re-focused private banking strategy, the Bank enhanced its credit 

The UK’s net loss of $3.3 million in 2011 was a result of credit 

relationship managers to meet the demand of its clients. The Bank’s 

provisions relating to historical non-core private banking business. 

lending focus is on providing lending services to wealthy clients 

These specific loan loss provisions generated a realised loss, net of 

at modest loan-to-value ratios secured on prime Central London 

offering through the recruitment of a specialist team of experienced 

tax, of $4.7 million. Total revenues before gains and losses were  

residential property.

$16.9 million, up $4.6 million from $12.3 million as a result of an 

increase in UK residential lending and a higher return the Bank 

The Bank made a number of small donations to a range of charities 

achieved on its debt securities in 2011. At 31 December 2011, total 

connected with private clients during the year.

assets were $1.0 billion, down $129 million due to the decrease in 

customer deposits, mainly reflecting the strategic decision to exit  

non-core private banking business.

(in $ thousands) 
Net interest income 

Provision for credit losses 

Non-interest income 

Revenue before gains and losses 

Total expenses  

Net income before gains and losses  

Gains and losses 

Net loss  

As at 31 December 
(in $ millions) 

Customer deposits 

Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 

Total assets 

Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services 

Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds 

Other assets under management 

Total assets under management 

Number of employees 

48

2011 
12,688 

(6,724) 

10,929 

16,893 

20,253 

(3,360) 

45 

2010 
9,381 

$ change 
            3,307  

% change
           35.3 

(7,136) 

               412  

            (5.8)

10,027 

               902  

             9.0 

12,272 

            4,621  

           37.7 

16,088 

            4,165  

           25.9 

(3,816) 

               456  

          (11.9)

(9,964) 

          10,009  

        (100.5)
          (75.9) 

(3,315) 

(13,780) 

          10,465  

735 

434 

976 

939 

415 

              (204) 

          (21.7)

                 19  

             4.6 

1,105                (129) 

          (11.7)

1,276 

1,263 

                 13  

             1.0 

330 

309 

639 

101 

331 

296 

                  (1) 

            (0.3)

                 13  

             4.4 

627 

                 12  

             1.9 

109                    (8) 

            (7.3)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP ASSET MANAGEMENT
Butterfield Asset Management focuses on fulfilling the financial needs 

mass affluent clients are served out of Bermuda and the Cayman 

of those who demand the highest level of service and expertise.  

Islands as part of the Bank’s community banking platform.    

Clients have direct access to their portfolio managers who are, in turn, 

supported by a Group investment discipline designed to leverage 

Group Asset Management revenues increased by $0.3 million in 2011, 

resources from across the organisation, including a Core Strategy & 

largely attributable to a change in the mix of services favouring higher 

Research Team based in London.    

margin offerings.

The Group provides a broad range of investment services to 

Assets under management decreased by $0.4 billion (7.1%) to  

institutional and private clients in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, 

$5.6 billion in 2011, largely due to a fall in money market balances in 

Guernsey, and the United Kingdom.  Principal services include 

Cayman and particularly Bermuda as clients sought better yielding 

discretionary investment management and managed portfolio 

alternatives for short-term investments. In addition, Cayman 

services.  Advisory and self-directed brokerage offerings are available 

institutional assets under management declined as insurance captives 

to clients in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. The Group also offers 

moved to manage more of their assets onshore.  Private client asset 

money market and mutual funds to both client bases. Institutional 

growth was strong in the first half of the year, especially in the UK.  In 

clients consist primarily of captive insurance companies in Bermuda 

the second half of the year, private clients were increasingly reluctant 

and the Cayman Islands. High net worth private clients and their 

to invest in correcting and volatile markets and select large trust 

fiduciary vehicles are served from all four jurisdictions. Retail and 

mandates concluded as scheduled in Guernsey. 

Non-interest income   
(in $ thousands) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

UK 

Total 

    Asset Management

2011 
8,858 

4,150 

4,255 

5,679 

22,942   

2010 
9,396 

4,407 

3,784 

5,078 

        22,665*  

$ change
(538)

(257)

471

601

277

*Excludes non-interest income of $1.9 million attributable to the Hong Kong subsidiary disposed on 8 September 2010.

Note: the above amounts quoted are net of inter-jurisdiction eliminations.

Total assets under management (“AUM”) at 31 December:

(in $ millions) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

The Bahamas 

UK 

Total 

Butterfield  

Funds 
2,653 

211 

141 

40 

330 

2011 

Other 

assets  
752 

760 

447 

1 

309 

Total AUM 
3,405 

Butterfield 

Funds 
2,870 

971 

588 

41 

639 

270 

180 

26 

331 

2010

Other

assets  
746 

Total AUM
3,616

837 

512 

9 

296 

1,107

692

35

627

3,375 

2,269 

5,644 

 3,677 

2,400 

6,077

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP TRUST
Our trust and corporate services specialists deliver fiduciary solutions 

Trust revenues are derived from a combination of fixed fees, fees 

to meet a range of client needs, including estate and succession 

based on the market values of assets held in trust and fees based 

planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and tax-efficient 

on time spent in relation to the range of personal trust and company 

co-ordination for the affairs of international families, the pension 

administration services and pension and employee benefit trust 

and employee benefit planning requirements of multi-national 

services we provide.

corporations and institutions.

In 2011, trust revenues totalled $30.0 million, almost 2% higher than 

We provide both personal and institutional trust services from our 

the $29.5 million recorded in 2010, excluding $1.0 million in revenue 

operations in Bermuda, The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey 

related to the Malta business that was sold in 2010.  Revenue 

and Switzerland, with our multi-jurisdictional capability therefore 

increases were seen in four of our five trust operations: The Bahamas 

spanning the world’s leading international trust and fiduciary centres. 

was up 4.3%, Bermuda increased 3.6% and Guernsey rose 1.7%, while in 

Alongside our traditional strengths in providing services to families 

a restructuring of our Bahamas operations to focus predominantly 

and institutions with links to the United Kingdom, North America and 

on trust activities was announced. In September 2010, the Bank 

Europe, our business increasingly supports clients connected to the 

concluded the sale of its trust operations located in Malta, which did 

Switzerland revenues were up 38.2% year on year. In December 2010, 

Asian and Latin American regions.

not contribute significantly to this line of business.  Total Trust assets 

under administration were $40.7 billion as at 31 December 2011, 

Our goal is to develop long-term relationships with our clients, based 

compared to $40.5 billion the prior year.

on consistently reliable service and underpinned by the technical 

expertise and competencies of our team. To this end, training and 

continual professional development for our staff remained a key 

priority in 2011. Following our selection as The Society of Trust and 

Estates Professional’s (STEP) Institutional Trust Company of the 

Year in 2009/10, we were pleased to be recognised as one of Private 

Client Practitioner’s Top 25 Trust Companies in 2011. Butterfield Trust 

(Switzerland) Limited also received a nomination as Swiss Trust 

Company of the Year for Citywealth’s 2012 Offshore Awards.

50

The tables below shows trust revenues by jurisdiction, followed by assets under administration.

Non-interest income   
(in $ thousands) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

Switzerland 

The Bahamas 

UK 

Total 

2011 
13,166 

4,879 

6,549 

677 

4,180 

544 

   Trust

2010 
12,704 

5,263 

6,437 

490 

4,009 

607 

29,995 

  29,510* 

$ change
462

(384)

112

187

171

(63)

485

*Excludes non-interest income of $1.0 million attributable to the Malta subsidiary disposed on 8 September 2010.

Note: the above amounts quoted are net of inter-jurisdiction eliminations.

Total Trust assets under administration (“Trust AUA”) at 31 December:

(in $ millions) 

Bermuda 

Cayman Islands 

Guernsey 

Switzerland 

The Bahamas 

UK 

Total 

2011 
24,735 

2,188 

9,944 

386 

3,439 

- 

2010
22,835

3,401

10,754

349

3,172

-

40,692 

40,511

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financials

52

MANAGEMENT’S FINANCIAL 
REPORTING RESPONSIBILITY 

The Management of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited is responsible for the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements 

contained in this Report, which covers all of the interests of the Bank. Management has fully disclosed its income, assets, liabilities and off Balance 

Sheet commitments. These Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 

States of America and, where appropriate, are based on the best estimates and judgement of Management. 

Management has established and maintains a system of financial reporting and internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that transactions 

are properly authorised and recorded, assets are protected against unauthorised use or disposition and liabilities are recognised. These 

procedures include the careful selection and training of qualified staff, the establishment of organisational structures providing an appropriate and 

well-defined division of responsibilities, and the communication of policies and standards of business conduct throughout the Bank. 

The system of internal controls is further supported by a professional staff of internal auditors who conduct periodic inspections of all aspects of 

the Bank’s operations. In addition, the Bank’s Head of Group Internal Audit reports to, and has full and free access to the Audit Committee of the 

Board of Directors. 

The Audit Committee, composed entirely of Directors who are not employees of the Bank, reviews the Financial Statements before such 

Statements are approved by the Board of Directors and submitted to the Bank’s Shareholders. The Committee meets and consults regularly with 

Management, the internal auditors and our external independent auditors to review the scope and results of their work. 

Under the provisions of the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969, the Bermuda Monetary Authority is charged with the supervision of the 

Bank. Such supervision is in line with international practices and combines a comprehensive system of statistical returns, providing a detailed 

breakdown of the Balance Sheet and Statement of Income accounts of the Bank, and regular meetings with the senior Management of the Bank. 

Such regular reviews are intended to satisfy the Authority that the safety and interests of the depositors, creditors and Shareholders of the Bank 

are being duly observed and that the Bank is in a sound financial condition. 

The accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers, the Shareholders’ independent auditors, has examined the Consolidated Financial Statements 

of the Bank in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America and have expressed their opinion in their 

report to the Shareholders. The auditors have unrestricted access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit Committee to review their findings 

regarding internal controls over the financial reporting process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues. Management has made available to 

PricewaterhouseCoopers all of the Bank’s financial records and related data, as well as the minutes of Shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings. 

Bradford Kopp 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

29 February 2012

Bradley Rowse
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

29 February 2012

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    53

54

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
As at 31 December (in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

Assets   
   Cash and demand deposits with banks 
   Cash equivalents 
Total cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Debt and equity securities 
   Trading 
   Available for sale 
   Held to maturity 
Total investments in debt and equity securities 
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
Premises, equipment and computer software 
Accrued interest 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Investments in affiliates 
Receivable from investments sold 
Other real estate owned 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
   Non-interest bearing 
   Interest bearing 
      Customers 
      Banks 
Total deposits  
Employee future benefits 
Accrued interest 
Preference Share dividends payable 
Payable for investments purchased 
Other liabilities 
Total other liabilities 
Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 
Common Share capital (BMD 0.01 par; authorised Shares 26,000,000,000 
(2010: BMD 0.01 par; authorised Shares 26,000,000,000) 
   issued and outstanding: 549,468,349 (2010: 549,143,448) 
Preference Share capital (USD 0.01 par; USD 1,000 liquidation preference) 
   issued and outstanding: 200,000 (2010: 200,000) 
Contingent Value Convertible Preference Share capital (USD 0.01 par) 
   issued and outstanding: 7,464,186 (2010: 7,789,087) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
   Less: Treasury Common Shares: 2,163,958 Shares (2010: 2,401,593 Shares) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total Shareholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Robert A. Mulderig
Chairman of the Board

Robert Steinhoff
Vice Chairman

2011 

2010

413,213 
1,566,245 
1,979,458 
34,814 

62,591 
1,962,346 
64,789 
2,089,726 
4,247,260 
276,114 
25,259 
15,937 
33,247 
32,582 
- 
27,354 
62,358 
8,824,109 

300,865
2,128,834
2,429,699
26,392

18,088
2,611,056
-
2,629,144
4,043,360
261,955
17,691
16,017
38,946
33,534
50,817
-
75,505
9,623,060

961,002 

977,417

6,439,076 
125,362 
7,525,440 
104,913 
8,905 
715 
- 
86,656 
201,189 
267,755 
7,994,384 

5,494 

2 

75 
1,377,556 
(490,377) 
(21,723) 
(41,302) 
829,725 
8,824,109 

7,170,963
79,679
8,228,059
85,209
9,647
715
112,663
94,680
302,914
282,799
8,813,772

5,491

2

78
1,376,037
(509,579)
(24,127)
(38,614)
809,288
9,623,060

Bradford Kopp
President & Chief Executive Officer

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the year ended 31 December (in thousands of Bermuda dollars, except per Share data)

Non-interest income  
   Asset management 
   Banking 
   Foreign exchange revenue 
   Trust   
   Custody and other administration services 
   Other non-interest income  
Total non-interest income 

Interest income 
   Loans  
   Investments 
   Deposits with banks 
Total interest income 

Interest expense 
   Deposits 
   Subordinated capital 
   Securities sold under repurchase agreement 
Total interest expense 

Net interest income before provision for credit losses 
   Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses 

Net realised / unrealised (losses) gains on trading investments 
Net realised gains (losses) on available for sale investments 
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on available for sale investments 
Realised loss on disposal of subsidiaries 
Net other gains (losses)  
Total net revenue 

Non-interest expense 
   Salaries and other employee benefits 
   Technology and communications 
   Property 
   Professional and outside services 
   Non-income taxes 
   Amortisation of intangible assets 
   Marketing 
   Other expenses 
Total non-interest expense 

Net income (loss) before income taxes 
   Income tax benefit  
Net income (loss) 
Cash dividends declared on Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares 
Cash dividends declared on Preference Shares 
Preference Shares guarantee fee 
Net income (loss) attributable to Common Shareholders 
Income (loss) per Common Share 
Basic 
Diluted   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

56

2011 

22,942 
33,302 
31,519 
29,995 
11,780 
5,708 
135,246 

202,473 
45,640 
10,846 
258,959 

34,736 
10,486 
2 
45,224 

213,735 
    (14,326) 
199,409 

(919) 
2,059 
- 
- 
3,135 
338,930 

150,752 
55,037 
29,316 
18,762 
14,500 
5,799 
5,257 
19,068 
298,491 

40,439 
33 
40,472 
(3,270) 
(16,000) 
(2,000) 
19,202 

0.03 
0.03 

2010

24,544
33,941
32,479
30,534
13,574
8,348
143,420

198,008
28,330
11,047
237,385

45,988
12,455
-
58,443

178,942
(41,970)
136,972

971
(107,047)
(60,522)
(7,430)
(6,489)
99,875

159,082
54,037
27,469
13,811
15,405
5,711
5,002
28,948
309,465

(209,590)
1,975
(207,615)
-
(16,000)
(2,000)
(225,615)

(0.47)
(0.47)

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the year ended 31 December (in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

Common Share capital issued and outstanding 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: 549,143,448 Shares; 2010: 99,060,111 Shares) 
Issuance (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 147,703,758 Shares) 
Reduction in par value of Shares 
Repurchased (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 107,571,361 Shares)  
Rights conversion (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 99,173,842 Shares)  
Conversion of Mandatorily and Contingent Convertible Preference Shares (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 310,302,028 Shares) 
Conversion of Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares (2011: 324,901 Shares; 2010: 475,070 Shares) 
Balance at end of year (2011: 549,468,349 Shares; 2010: 549,143,448 Shares) 

Preference Shares 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: 200,000 Shares; 2010: 200,000 Shares) 
Issuance (2011: nil Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 
Balance at end of year (2011: 200,000 Shares; 2010: 200,000 Shares) 

Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: nil Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 
Issuance (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 281,770 Shares) 
Conversion to Common Shares (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 281,770 Shares) 
Balance at end of year (2011: nil Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 

Contingent Convertible Preference Shares 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: nil Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 
Issuance (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 93,230 Shares) 
Conversion to Common Shares  (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 93,230 Shares) 
Balance at end of year (2011: nil Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 

Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: 7,789,087 Shares; 2010: nil Shares) 
Rights conversion (2011: nil Shares; 2010: 8,264,157 Shares)  
Conversion to Common Shares  (2011: 324,901 Shares; 2010: 475,070 Shares) 
Balance at end of year (2011: 7,464,186 Shares; 2010: 7,789,087 Shares) 

Additional paid-in capital 
Balance at beginning of year 
Stock option plan expense 
Reduction of additional paid-in capital on transfer and sale of Treasury Shares 
Issuance of Common Shares 
Issuance of Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares 
Issuance of Contingent Convertible Preference Shares 
Reduction of par value of Common Shares 
Conversion of Mandatorily and Contingent Convertible Preference Shares 
Cost of capital raise and rights offering 
Balance at end of year 

Accumulated deficit 
Balance at beginning of year 
Net income (loss) for year 
Cash dividends declared on Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares 
Cash dividends declared on Preference Shares 
Preference Shares guarantee fee 
Balance at end of year 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

2011 

5,491 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3 
5,494 

2 
- 
2 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

78 
- 
(3) 
75 

1,376,037 
3,567 
(2,048) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,377,556 

(509,579) 
40,472 
(3,270) 
(16,000) 
(2,000) 
(490,377) 

2010

 99,060 
 144,836 
(241,429)
  (1,076)
992 
   3,103 
5 
5,491

   2 
 - 
   2 

 - 
 3  
(3)
 -   

 - 
 1 
  (1)
-

-
83
(5)
78

    764,206
4,019
(6,939)
 30,192 
    281,767 
 93,229 
    241,429 
  (3,103)
(28,763) 
1,376,037 

(283,964)
(207,615)
-
(16,000)
(2,000)
(509,579)

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Continued)
For the year ended 31 December (in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

Treasury Common Shares 
Balance at beginning of year (2011: 2,401,593 Shares; 2010: 3,426,106 Shares) 
Share-based compensation 
Net purchases, sales and transfers of Treasury Shares 
Balance at end of year (2011: 2,163,958 Shares; 2010: 2,401,593 Shares) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Balance at beginning of year 
Net change in unrealised gains (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations 
Net change in unrealised gains on available for sale investments 
Net change in unrealised non-credit losses on held to maturity investments 
Net change in employee future benefits liability 
Balance at end of year 
Total Shareholders’ equity 

Comprehensive income (loss) 
Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive (loss) income  
Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Cumulative unrealised losses on translation of investment in foreign operations 
Cumulative unrealised gains (losses) on available for sale investments 
Cumulative change in employee future benefits liability 
Balance at end of year 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

2011 

(24,127) 
356 
2,048 
(21,723) 

(38,614) 
823 
19,845 
- 
(23,356) 
(41,302) 
829,725 

40,472 
(2,688) 
37,784 

(11,321) 
1,663 
(31,644) 
(41,302) 

2010

(34,660)
3,593
6,940
(24,127)

(189,184)
(4,494)
38,809
58,557
57,698
(38,614)
809,288

(207,615)
150,570
(57,045)

(12,144)
(18,182)
(8,288)
(38,614)

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the year ended 31 December (in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to operating cash flows: 
   Depreciation and amortisation 
   Write down of computer software in development 
   Decrease in carrying value of investments in affiliates 
   Share-based payments 
   Loss on sale of premises and equipment 
   Net (gain) loss on sale of affiliate / subsidiaries 
   Net gain on repayment of sub-debt 
   Net realised (gains) losses of available for sale securities 
   Other-than-temporary impairments on available for sale investments 
   Provision for credit losses 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
   Increase in accrued interest receivable 
   Decrease in other assets 
   Decrease in accrued interest payable 
   Decrease in other liabilities 

Net change in trading investments 
Cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Net (increase) decrease in short-term investments 
Net proceeds on sale of affiliate 
Additions to premises, equipment and computer software 
Net (increase) decrease in loans 
Held to maturity investments: proceeds from maturities 
Held to maturity investments: purchases 
Available for sale investments: proceeds from sale and maturities 
Available for sale investments: purchases  
Cash and demand deposits held by subsidiaries at time of sale 
Cash provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Net decrease in demand and term deposit liabilities 
Repayment of subordinated capital 
Issuance of Common Share capital 
Issuance of Preference Share capital 
Cost of issuing Share capital and rights 
Common Shares repurchased 
Cash dividends paid on Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares 
Cash dividends paid on Preference Shares 
Preference Shares guarantee fee paid 
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities 

Net effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
   Cash interest paid  
   Cash income tax paid 
Non-cash item 
    Transfer to Other Real Estate Owned and other repossessed assets 

2011 

40,472 

39,084 
- 
952 
3,923 
- 
(3,178) 
(1,125) 
(2,059) 
- 
14,326 

(7,769) 
12,918 
(731) 
(8,716) 
88,097 
(44,422) 
43,675 

(8,668) 
3,178 
(33,476) 
(255,145) 
- 
(64,789) 
2,383,659 
(1,788,827) 
- 
235,932 

(701,240) 
 (13,875) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,270) 
(16,000) 
(2,000) 
(736,385) 

6,537 
(450,241) 
2,429,699 
1,979,458 

47,268 
871 

27,354 

2010

(207,615)

25,216
3,831
1,959
7,612
63
7,430
-
107,047
60,522
41,970

(1,520)
23,259
(2,707)
(2,441)
64,626
2,371
66,997

20,802
-
(39,611)
104,878
20,584
-
2,181,165
(2,085,825)
(4,657)
197,336

(380,828)
-
295,000
385,001
(28,763)
(130,000)
-
(16,622)
(2,000)
121,788

(21,597)
364,524
2,065,175
2,429,699

58,770
468

-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
(in thousands of Bermuda dollars)

NOTE 1: NATURE OF BUSINESS
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (“Butterfield”, “Bank” or the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and has a banking 
license under the Bank and Deposit Companies Act, 1999 (“the Act”). Butterfield is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”), which 
operates in accordance with Basel principles.

Butterfield is a full service community bank and a provider of specialised wealth management services. Services offered include retail, private & corporate 
banking, treasury, custody, asset management and personal & institutional trust services. The Bank provides such services from seven jurisdictions: 
Bermuda, Barbados, Cayman, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas and the United Kingdom. The Bank holds all applicable licenses required in the 
jurisdictions in which it operates.

NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
a. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Bank and its subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States 
of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year, and actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Critical accounting estimates are those that require Management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently 
uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas could have a 
material impact on the future financial condition and results of operations. Management  believes that the most critical accounting policies upon which 
the financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows: 

Allowance for credit losses
Fair value of financial instruments
Impairment of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Employee future benefits
Share-based payments

i. 
ii. 
iii. 
iv. 
  v. 
  vi. 
  vii.  Concentrations of credit risk & customers
  viii.  Commitments and contingencies

b. Basis of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Bank”), and those 
variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where the Company is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Bank 
consolidates subsidiaries where it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights or where it exercises control. The Bank consolidates 
VIEs where it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The Bank is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a 
VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE economic performance and an obligation to absorb 
losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The determination of whether the Bank meets the criteria to be 
considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE requires a periodic evaluation of all transactions (such as investments, loans and fee arrangements) with the 
entity. Entities where the Bank holds 20% to 50% of the voting rights and/or has the ability to exercise significant influence, other than investments in 
designated VIEs, are accounted for under the equity method, and the pro rata share of their income (loss) is included in other non-interest income.

c. Foreign Currency Translation
Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in US dollars are translated to Bermuda dollars at par. Assets and liabilities of the parent company 
arising from other foreign currency transactions are translated into Bermuda dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the Balance Sheet date. The 
resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign currency-based subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Balance Sheet date, whilst 
associated revenues and expenses are translated to Bermuda dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing throughout the year. Unrealised 
translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency-based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of Shareholders’ equity within 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Gains and losses on foreign currency-based subsidiaries are recorded in the Consolidated 
Statement of Operations only when realised. 

d. Assets Held in Trust or Custody
Securities and properties (other than cash and deposits held with the Bank and its subsidiaries) held in trust, custody, agency or fiduciary capacity for 
customers are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet because the Bank is not the beneficiary of these assets.

e. Investments
Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as trading, available for sale (“AFS”) or held to maturity (“HTM”). 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Investments are classified primarily as AFS when used to manage the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity movements, as well as to make 
strategic longer-term investments. AFS investments are carried at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet with unrealised gains and losses reported 
as a net increase or decrease to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Debt and equity securities classified as trading investments are carried 
at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with unrealised gains and losses included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as net realised / 
unrealised gains (losses) on trading investments. 

Investments that the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and are carried at amortised cost in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. Unrecognised gains and losses on HTM securities are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The specific 
identification method is used to determine realised gains and losses on AFS and HTM investments, which are included in net realised gains and losses on 
AFS and HTM investments, respectively, in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. 

Dividend and interest income, including amortisation of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are 
included in interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. For securities with uncertain cash flows, the investments are accounted for 
under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of the amortised cost and carrying 
amount. Accrual of income is suspended in respect of debt securities that are in default, or from which it is unlikely that future interest payments will be 
received as scheduled. 

Contained within other assets are investments in a closed ended fund and private equity companies for which the Bank does not have sufficient rights or 
ownership interests to follow the equity method of accounting. With respect to the closed ended fund, the Bank uses the net assets value as a practical 
expedient for fair value. Unquoted equity investments, which are held directly by the Bank and which do not have readily determinable fair values, are 
recorded at cost and reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment exist.

Investments in affiliates includes investments whereby the Bank has the ability to influence, but not control, the financial or operating policies of such 
entities, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairments
Investments in debt securities in unrealised loss positions are analysed as part of Management’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary 
impairment (“OTTI”). When Management intends to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities 
before recovering the amortised cost, it recognises an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortised cost basis and the fair value 
of those securities. When Management does not intend to sell or it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell such securities 
before recovering the amortised cost, Management determines whether any credit losses exist to identify any OTTI. Under certain circumstances, 
Management will perform qualitative determination. Alternatively, Management estimates cash flows over the remaining lives of the underlying security 
to assess whether credit losses exist. In situations where there is a credit loss, only the amount of impairment relating to credit losses on AFS and HTM 
investments is recognised in net income and for AFS investments, the decrease in fair value relating to factors other than credit losses are recognised 
in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“OCI”). In determining whether credit losses exist, Management considers a variety of factors, including the 
length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or 
financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; payment structure of the security; changes to the rating of the security by a rating 
agency; the volatility of the fair value changes; and changes in fair value of the security after the Balance Sheet date. The degree of judgment involved 
in determining the recoverable value of an investment security is dependent upon the availability of observable market prices or observable market 
parameters. When observable market prices and parameters do not exist, judgment is necessary to estimate recoverable value which gives rise to added 
uncertainty in the valuation process. The valuation process takes into consideration factors such as interest rate changes, movements in credit spreads, 
default rate assumptions, prepayment assumptions, type and quality of collateral, and market sentiment.

Cash flow estimates take into account expectations of relevant market and economic data as of the end of the reporting period, including, for example, 
underlying loan-level data, and structural features of securitisation, such as subordination, excess spread, over collateralisation or other forms of  
credit enhancement. 

Losses projected for the underlying collateral (“pool losses”) are compared against the level of credit enhancement in the securitisation structure to 
determine whether these features are sufficient to absorb the pool losses, or whether a credit loss on the debt security exists. As at 31 December 2011, 
Management’s cash flow forecasts for its Pass-through note investment (“PTN”) was created in conjunction with a specialist in analytical cash flow 
modelling. Management also performs other analyses to support its cash flow projections to assess the reasonability. For debt securities, Management 
considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to recover the entire amortised cost basis of the security.

Management’s valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, thereby resulting in values which 
may be greater or lower than the actual value at which the investments may be ultimately sold or the ultimate cash flows that may be recovered. If the 
assumptions on which Management based its valuations change, the Bank may experience additional OTTI or realised losses or gains, and the period-to-
period changes in value could vary significantly.

f. Loans
Loans are reported as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income and net deferred loan fees. Interest income 
is recognised over the term of the loan using the effective interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan, 
except for loans classified as non-accrual. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    61

Impaired loans
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, the Bank determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all non-accruing loans and all loans modified in a 
troubled debt restructuring (‘‘TDR’’) even if full collectability is expected following the restructuring.

When a loan is identified as impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate, except when the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, 
the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, is used instead of discounted cash flows.

If the Bank determines that the expected realisable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-
offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortised premium or discount), impairment is recognised through an allowance estimate. If the Bank determines 
that part of the allowance is uncollectible, that amount is charged off.

Non-accrual
Commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans (excluding credit card consumer loans) are placed on non-accrual status immediately if:

in the opinion of Management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or 

(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0) principal or interest is 90 days past due.

Residential mortgages are placed on non-accrual status immediately if:

in the opinion of Management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or 

(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0) when principal or interest is 90 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and any ongoing collection efforts are reasonably expected to result 

in repayment of all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan. 

Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognised only to the extent it is received in cash. Cash received on non-accrual loans where there is no doubt 
regarding full repayment (no impairment recognised in the form of a specific allowance) is first applied as repayment of the past due principal amount of 
the loan and secondly to past due interest and fees. 

Where there is doubt regarding the ultimate full repayment of the non-accrual loan (impairment recognised in the form of a specific allowance), all cash 
received is applied to reduce the principal amount of the loan. Interest income on these loans is recognised only after the entire balance receivable is 
recovered and interest is actually received.

Loans are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring
A modification of a loan constitutes a TDR when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession. If a 
restructuring is considered a TDR, the Bank is required to make certain disclosures in the notes of the financial statements and individually evaluate the 
restructured loan for impairment. The Bank employs various types of concessions when modifying a loan that it would not otherwise consider, which may 
include extension of repayment periods, interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimise 
economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. 

Commercial and industrial loans modified in a TDR often involve temporary interest-only payments, term extensions, and converting revolving credit lines 
to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested. 

Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR often involve extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current 
market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or adding a new borrower or guarantor.

Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest only payment period. 

Residential mortgage modifications generally involve a short-term forbearance period after which the missed payments are added to the end of the loan 
term, thereby extending the maturity date. Interest continues to accrue on the missed payments and as a result, the effective yield on the mortgage 
remains unchanged. As the forbearance period usually involves an insignificant payment delay, they typically do not meet the reporting criteria for a TDR. 

Automobile loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where the Bank has lowered monthly payments by extending the term.

Loans modified in a TDR are typically already on non-accrual status and partial charge-offs have, in some cases, already been taken against the 
outstanding loan balance. 

Loans that have been modified in a TDR are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current for a continuous 
period of six months under the modified terms. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, 
are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan 
modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on  
non-accrual status. 

62

 
A loan that is modified in a TDR prior to becoming impaired will be left on accrual status if full collectability in accordance with the restructured terms 
is expected. The Bank works with its customers in these difficult economic times and may enter into a TDR for loans that are in default, or at risk of 
defaulting, even if the loan is not impaired.

Delinquencies
The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment of principal or interest is not received by the specified due date. 
Delinquency is reported on loans that are 30 days or more past due.

Charge-offs
The Bank recognises charge-offs when it determines that loans are uncollectible and this generally occurs when all commercially reasonable means of 
recovering the loan balance have been exhausted.

Commercial and consumer loans are either fully or partially charged off down to the fair value of collateral securing the loans when:

(cid:115)(cid:0) Management judges the loan to be uncollectible;
(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0)

repayment is expected to be protracted beyond reasonable time frames;
the asset has been classified as a loss by either the Bank’s internal loan review process or external examiners; or
the customer has filed bankruptcy and the loss becomes evident owing to a lack of assets or cash flow.

The outstanding balance of commercial and consumer real estate-secured loans and residential mortgages that are in excess of the estimated property 
value, less costs to sell, is charged off once there is reasonable assurance that such excess outstanding balance is not recoverable.

Credit card consumer loans that are contractually 180 days past due and other consumer loans with an outstanding balance under $100,000 that are 
contractually 180 days past due are written off and reported as charge-offs.

g. Allowance for Credit Losses
The Bank maintains an allowance for credit losses, which in Management’s opinion is adequate to absorb all estimated credit related losses in its lending 
and off-Balance Sheet credit related arrangements at the Balance Sheet date. The allowance for credit losses consists of specific allowances and a 
general allowance as follows:

Specific Allowances
Specific allowances are determined on an exposure-by-exposure basis and reflect the associated estimated credit loss. The specific allowance for credit 
loss is computed as the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and the present value of expected future cash flows from the loan. The 
effective rate of return on the loan is used for discounting the cash flows. However, when foreclosure of a collateral-dependent loan is probable, the Bank 
measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral. The Bank considers estimated costs to sell, on a discounted basis, in the measurement of 
impairment if those costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to repay or otherwise satisfy the loan. If the measurement of an impaired loan 
is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Bank recognises impairment by creating an allowance with a corresponding charge to provision 
for credit losses.

General Allowance
The allowance for credit losses attributed to the remaining portfolio is established through various analyses that estimate the incurred loss at the Balance 
Sheet date inherent in the lending and off-Balance Sheet credit related arrangements portfolios. These analyses consider historical default rates and 
loss severities, internal risk ratings, and geographic, industry, and other environmental factors. Management also considers overall portfolio indicators 
including trends in internally risk-rated exposures, cash-basis loans, historical and forecasted write-offs, and a review of industry, geographic and 
portfolio concentrations, including current developments within those segments. In addition, Management considers the current business strategy and 
credit process, including limit setting and compliance, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria and loan workout procedures.

Each portfolio of smaller balance, homogeneous loans, including consumer installment, revolving credit, and most other consumer loans, is collectively 
evaluated for impairment. The allowance for credit losses attributed to these loans is established via a process that estimates the probable losses 
inherent and incurred in the portfolio, based upon various analyses. Management considers overall portfolio indicators including historical credit 
losses; delinquent (defined as loans that are more than 30 days past due), non-performing, and classified loans; trends in volumes and terms of loans; 
an evaluation of overall credit quality; the credit process, including lending policies and procedures; and economic, geographical, product, and other 
environmental factors.

h. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid 
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments 
are those with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury 
bills. See Note 3. 

i. Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets
All business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method. Identifiable intangible assets (mostly customer relationships) are recognised 
separately from goodwill and are initially valued using discounted cash flow calculations and other recognised valuation techniques. Goodwill represents 
the excess of the price paid for the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    63

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. 
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including the allocated goodwill, exceeds its fair value, goodwill impairment is measured as the excess of 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s allocated goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Other acquired intangible assets with finite 
lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. Intangible assets’ estimated lives are re-evaluated 
annually and an impairment test is carried out if certain indicators of impairment exist.

j. Premises, Equipment and Computer Software
Land, buildings, equipment and computer software, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Bank 
generally computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset, which is 50 years for buildings, and 3 to 10 
years for other equipment. For leasehold improvements the Bank uses the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility 
or the estimated economic life of the improvement. The Bank capitalises certain costs, including interest cost incurred during the development phase, 
associated with the acquisition or development of internal use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over the software’s expected useful life, which is between 5 and 10 years.

Management reviews the recoverability of the carrying amount of premises, equipment and computer software when indicators of impairment exist 
and an impairment charge is recorded when the carrying amount of the reviewed asset is deemed not recoverable by future expected cash flows to be 
derived from the use and disposition of the asset.

k. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)
OREO comprise commercial and residential real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans acquired through foreclosure 
proceedings, acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or by taking possession of assets that were used as loan collateral. These properties are 
recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of 
acquisition, a charge-off is recorded against the specific allowance. Subsequent decreases in the property’s fair value and operating expenses of the 
property are recognised through charges to non-interest expense.

l. Derivatives
All derivatives are recognised on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair value. On the date that the Bank enters into a derivative contract, it 
designates the derivative as: a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (a fair value hedge); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the 
variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognised asset or liability (a cash flow hedge); or an instrument that is held 
for trading or non-hedging purposes (a trading or non-hedging instrument).

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged 
asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current year earnings. When the hedge is highly effective, the changes in the fair 
value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive 
income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in current  
year earnings. 

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a foreign currency hedge is recorded in either current year earnings or 
other comprehensive income, depending on whether the hedging relationship satisfies the criteria for a fair value or cash flow hedge when the hedge is 
highly effective. If, however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the changes in the derivative’s fair value, to the 
extent that the derivative is effective as a hedge, are recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment account within other comprehensive income. 
Changes in the fair value of derivative trading and non-hedging instruments are reported in current year earnings.

The Bank formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency 
hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet or specific, firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Bank also 
formally assesses whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or 
cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. When it is determined that a 
derivative has ceased to be highly effective as a hedge, the Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

For those hedge relationships that are terminated, hedge designations that are removed, or forecasted transactions that are no longer expected to occur, 
the hedge accounting treatment described in the paragraphs above is no longer applied and the end-user derivative is terminated or transferred to the 
trading account. For fair value hedges, any changes to the hedged item remain as part of the basis of the asset or liability and are ultimately reflected 
as an element of the yield. For cash flow hedges, any changes in fair value of the end-user derivative remain in other comprehensive income and are 
included in retained earnings of future periods when earnings are also affected by the variability of the hedged cash flows. If the forecasted transaction 
is no longer likely to occur, any changes in fair value of the end-user derivatives are recognised in net income. 

m. Employee Future Benefits
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans for substantially all employees as either non-contributory defined benefit plans or defined contribution plans. 
Benefits under the defined benefit plans are primarily based on the employee’s years of credited service and average annual salary during the final years 
of employment as defined in the plans. The Bank also provides post-retirement medical benefits for certain qualifying active and retired  
Bermuda-based employees.

64

Expense for the defined benefit pension plans and the post-retirement medical benefits plan is comprised of (a) the actuarially determined benefits for 
the current year’s service, (b) imputed interest on the actuarially determined liability of the plan, (c) in the case of the defined benefit pension plans, 
the expected investment return on the fair value of plan assets and (d) amortisation of certain items over the expected average remaining service life of 
employees in the case of the defined benefit pension plans, and the expected average remaining service life to full eligibility age of employees covered 
by the plan in the case of the post-retirement medical benefits plan. The items amortised are amounts arising as a result of experience gains and losses, 
changes in assumptions, plan amendments and the change in the net pension asset or post-retirement medical benefits liability arising on adoption of 
revised accounting standards.

For each of the defined benefit pension plans and for the post-retirement medical benefits plan, the asset (liability) recognised for accounting purposes 
is reported in other assets and employee future benefits, respectively. The actuarial gains and losses, transition obligation and past service costs of the 
defined pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits plan are recognised in OCI net of tax and amortised to net income over the average  
service period. 

For the defined contribution pension plans, the Bank and participating employees provide an annual contribution based on each participating employee’s 
pensionable earnings. Amounts paid are expensed in the period.

n. Share-Based Compensation
The Bank engages in equity settled Share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from eligible employees. The fair value of the 
services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the Shares or Share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee 
services received in respect of the Shares or Share options granted is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Operations over the shorter of the 
vesting or service period.

The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current 
Share price, the risk free interest rate, expected dividend rate, the expected volatility of the Share price over the life of the option and other relevant 
factors. Time vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of Shares or Share options included in the measurement of the cost of 
employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Operations reflects the number of vested Shares or Share 
options. The Bank recognises compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when the Bank concludes that it is probable that the 
performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures (e.g., due to termination of employment prior to vesting).

o. Revenue Recognition
Trust and investment services fees include fees for private and institutional trust, executorship, and custody services. Asset management fees include 
fees for investment management, investment advice and brokerage services. Fees are recognised as revenue over the period of the relationship or when 
the Bank has rendered all services to the clients and is entitled to collect the fee from the client, as long as there are no contingencies associated 
with the fee. 

Banking services fees primarily include fees for certain loan origination, letters of credit, other financial guarantees, compensating balances and other 
financial services-related products. Certain loan origination fees are primarily overdraft and other revolving lines of credit fees. These fees are recognised 
as revenue over the period of the underlying facilities. Letters of credit fees are recognised as revenue over the period in which the related service is 
provided. All other fees are recognised as revenue in the period in which the service is provided.

Loan interest income includes the amortisation of non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees. These fees are deferred (except for certain 
retrospectively determined fees meeting specified criteria) and recognised as an adjustment of yield over the life of the related loan. These loan 
origination and commitment fees are offset by their related direct cost and only the net amounts are deferred and amortised into interest income.

Dividend and interest income, including amortisation of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are 
included in interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Loans placed on non-accrual status and investments with uncertain cash flows 
are accounted for under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal, dividends, interest and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of 
the amortised cost and carrying amount.

p. Fair Values
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most 
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Bank determines the 
fair values of assets and liabilities based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximise the use of observable inputs and minimise the 
use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The relevant accounting standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure 
fair value. Investments classified as trading and available for sale, and derivative assets and liabilities are recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet 
at fair value.

Level 1, 2 and 3 valuation inputs
Management classifies items that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis based on the Level of inputs used in their respective fair value 
determination as described below.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 1 when based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    65

Fair value inputs are considered Level 2 when based on internally developed models or based on prices published by independent pricing services using 
proprietary models. To qualify for Level 2, all significant inputs used in these models must be observable in the market place or can be corroborated 
by observable market data for substantially the full term of the instrument and includes, among others: interest yield curves, credit spreads, prices for 
similar assets and foreign exchange rates. Level 2 also includes financial instruments that are valued using quoted price for identical assets but for which 
the market is not considered active due to low trading volumes.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 3 when based on internally developed models using significant unobservable assumptions involving Management’s 
estimations or non-binding bid quotes from brokers.

The following methods and assumptions were used in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amount of cash and demand deposits with banks, being short term in nature, is deemed to equate to the fair value. 

Cash equivalents include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury bills with a maturity of less than three months from the date 
of acquisition and the carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because they are short term in nature, bear interest rates that 
approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Short-term investments
Short-term investments comprise restricted term and demand deposits and the carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because 
they are short term in nature, bear interest rates that approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Investments and employee future benefits plans’ assets
The fair values of investments and pension plan assets are determined based on observable quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active 
markets when available. If unavailable, observable inputs from similar items in active markets or identical/similar items with inactive markets are used. In 
the absence of observable quoted prices, unobservable inputs are used.

Loans
The majority of loans are variable rate and re-price in response to changes in market rates and hence Management estimates that the fair value of loans 
is not significantly different than their carrying amount. For significant fixed-rate loan exposures, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash 
flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities of  
such loans. 

Accrued interest
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable are assumed to approximate their fair values given their short-term nature.

Other real estate owned (“OREO”)
OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third-party appraisals adjusted to reflect 
Management’s judgment as to the realisable value of the properties. Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis.

Deposits
The fair value of fixed-rate deposits has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using market interest rates offered at the Balance 
Sheet date for deposits of similar terms. The carrying amount of deposits with no stated maturity date is deemed to equate to the fair value.

Subordinated capital 
The fair value of the subordinated capital has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using current market interest rates.

Derivatives
Fair value of exchange-traded derivatives is based on quoted market prices. Over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts may include forward, swap and 
option contracts relating to interest rates or foreign currencies. Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of the OTC 
derivative products are modelled taking into account the counterparties’ creditworthiness and using a series of techniques. Many pricing models do not 
entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgements and the pricing inputs are observed from 
actively quoted markets, as is the case for interest rate swap and option contracts. 

Reporting units
The fair value of reporting units for which goodwill is recognised is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows using discount rates reflecting 
valuation-date market conditions and risks specific to the reporting unit. 

q. Credit Related Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various commitments to meet the credit requirements of its customers. Such commitments, which 
are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, include:

(cid:115)(cid:0) Commitments to extend credit which represent undertakings to make credit available in the form of loans or other financing for specific amounts 

and maturities, subject to certain conditions.

66

(cid:115)(cid:0) Standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable obligations to make payments to third parties in the event that the customer is unable to 

meet its financial obligations.

(cid:115)(cid:0) Documentary and commercial letters of credit, primarily related to the import of goods by customers, which represent agreements to honour 

drafts presented by third parties upon completion of specific activities.

These credit arrangements are subject to the Bank’s normal credit standards and collateral is obtained where appropriate. The contractual amounts for 
these commitments (set out in the table in Note 13) represent the maximum payments the Bank would have to make should the contracts be fully drawn, 
the counterparty default, and any collateral held prove to be of no value. As many of these arrangements will expire or terminate without being drawn 
upon or are fully collateralised, the contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank does not carry any liability for 
these obligations. 

r. Income Taxes
The Bank uses the asset and liability method whereby income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between 
the financial statements’ carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Accordingly, a deferred income tax asset or liability 
is determined for each temporary difference based on the enacted tax rates to be in effect on the expected reversal date of the temporary difference. 
Income taxes on the Consolidated Statement of Operations include the current and deferred portions of the income taxes. Income taxes applicable to 
items charged or credited directly to Shareholders’ equity are included in such items.

Net deferred income tax assets or liabilities accumulated as a result of temporary differences are included in other assets or other liabilities, respectively. 
A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realised.

The Bank initially recognises the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the 
position will be sustained upon examination. The Bank recognises interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognised tax benefits in  
operating expenses.

s. Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, 
amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of change in fair value.

t. Earnings Per Share
Earnings per Share have been calculated using the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during the year (see also Note 20). 
Dividends declared on Preference Shares and related guarantee fees are deducted from net income to obtain net income available to Common 
Shareholders. In periods when basic earnings per Share is positive, the dilutive effect of Share-based compensation plans is calculated using the treasury 
stock method, whereby the proceeds received from the exercise of Share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding Common 
Shares, using the quarterly average market price of the Bank’s Shares for the period. 

u. Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
Impairment losses are recognised when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use 
and disposal. The impairment recognised is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets 
that are to be disposed of other than by sale are classified and accounted for as held for use until the date of disposal or abandonment. Assets that meet 
certain criteria are classified as held for sale and are measured at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value, less costs of sale.

v. Charitable Trust
In July 2000, the Bank established a charitable trust with the irrevocable purpose to make charitable donations to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda 
(the “Charitable Trust”). As a not-for-profit organisation, the Charitable Trust is not consolidated in the Bank’s financial statements. As the Charitable 
Trust’s trustees are representatives of the Bank, the Bank’s endowment donations to the Charitable Trust are recognised at their recoverable amount in 
Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet until dispersed by the Charitable Trust, at which time donations are recognised in Other expenses in the 
Consolidated Statement of Operations.

w. New Accounting Pronouncements
The following accounting developments were issued during the year ending 31 December 2011: 

Financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses disclosures
In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standards update about additional “Disclosures about the Credit 
Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”. The new disclosure guidance significantly expanded the existing requirements and 
were effective for the Bank on 1 January 2011. The prior-period figures for loan disclosures have been reclassified to conform to the current enhanced 
note disclosures required by the Standard. The Standard did not affect the Bank’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    67

Troubled debt restructurings 
During March 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt 
Restructuring” to assist creditors in determining whether a loan modification is a TDR. The new guidance was effective for public companies in interim 
and annual periods beginning on or after 15 June 2011 and must be applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the 
year. The Bank applied the provisions of this update retrospectively to all modifications and restructurings occurring on or after 1 January 2011. As a 
result of the retrospective application, the Bank classified $33.6 million loan modifications as TDRs that, in previous periods, had not been classified as 
TDRs. These newly identified TDRs did not have a significant impact on the specific allowance or provision expense. At 31 December 2011, these amounts 
included $20.9 million of performing loans that were not previously considered to be impaired loans.

Fair value measurements
In May 2011, the FASB issued accounting standard update, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value 
Measurement and Disclosure requirements in US GAAP and IFRS”. The amendments clarify the application of the highest and best use and valuation 
premise concepts, preclude the application of blockage factors in the valuation of all financial instruments and include criteria for applying the fair value 
measurement principles to portfolios of financial instruments. The amendments additionally prescribe enhanced financial statement disclosures for Level 
3 fair value measurements. The new amendments will be effective for first interim or annual period beginning on or after 15 December 2011. The new 
guidance will require prospective application. The impact of this additional accounting guidance is expected to be primarily on disclosures.

Repurchase agreements
During May 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standard update, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements“. The amendments 
in this update remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion relating to the transferor’s ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets 
on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. The amendments in this update also eliminate the requirement to 
demonstrate that the transferor possesses adequate collateral to fund substantially all the cost of purchasing replacement financial assets. 

The guidance in this update is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after 15 December 2011. The guidance should be applied 
prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption is not permitted.

Other comprehensive income
In June 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income”, which eliminates the current option to report 
other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those years, beginning after 15 December 2011 and should be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted but the Bank elected 
not to early adopt. These amendments do not require any transition disclosures. The impact of these amendments is primarily on disclosures on the face 
of the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Goodwill impairment test
During September 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment (the revised standard)” that permits an 
entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before 
applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. The update is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years 
beginning after 15 December 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank is assessing the impact of these amendments.

68

NOTE 3: CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY 
Effective 1 January 2011, the Bank changed its accounting policy with respect to cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows. The Bank defines cash and cash equivalents to include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due 
from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant 
risk of change in fair value. Such investments are those with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term 
deposits, certificates of deposit, treasury bills and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Previously cash and demand deposits with banks only 
included cash and demand deposits, vault cash and cash in transit for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Bank believes the 
new policy is preferable as it more closely reflects the manner in which the Bank manages its liquid assets. 

The impact of this voluntary change in accounting policy on the Consolidated Financial Statements since the Bank’s adoption of the change in accounting 
policy is shown in the table below: 

Consolidated Balance Sheet   
Cash and demand deposits with banks 

  As reported 
             2010 

Adjustments 
            2010 

        325,367  

       (24,502) 

Cash equivalents 
   Term deposits with banks                                                                                     1,950,179 
                   - 
   Certificates of deposit and treasury bills 
     1,950,179 
Total cash equivalents 

         (1,890) 
       180,545 
       178,655 

Total cash and cash equivalents   

                                                         2,275,546 

                         154,153 

Short-term investments 

- 

         26,392 

   Restated
         2010

    300,865

 1,948,289
    180,545
  2,128,834

 2,429,699

      26,392

Debt and equity securities 
   Trading   
   Available for sale  
Total investments in debt and equity securities 

         18,088 
     2,791,601 
    2,809,689 

  As reported 
             2010 

       18,088
                  - 
      (180,545) 
  2,611,056 
      (180,545)                                2,629,144  

Adjustments 
            2010 

    Restated
          2010

Extract of Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
Cash flows from investing activities 
   Net increase in term deposits with banks   
   Net decrease in short-term investments 
   Available for sale securities: proceeds from sale and maturities   
   Available for sale securities: purchases 

      (536,208) 
                   - 
     6,264,970 
                     (6,224,605) 

                        536,208  
                          20,802  
                    (4,083,805) 
                      4,138,780  

                -
                        20,802 
                    2,181,165
                 (2,085,825)

Net effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

               (14) 

                         (21,583) 

                      (21,597)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

     (225,882) 
                                          551,249 
                        325,367 

                       590,406  
                   1,513,926  
                   2,104,332  

                   364,524 
                 2,065,175 
                 2,429,699 

NOTE 4: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Unrestricted 
Non-interest earning 
   Cash and demand deposits 
Interest earning 
   Demand deposits  
   Cash equivalents 
Sub-total - Interest earning 

2011 
Non-  
Bermuda  

Bermuda  

Total  

Bermuda 

2010 
Non- 
Bermuda 

Total

176,091 

30,847 

206,938 

118,155 

42,895 

161,050

49 

206,226 
489,391  1,076,854 
489,440  1,283,080 

206,275 
1,566,245 
1,772,520 

44 
602,135 
602,179 

139,771 
1,526,699 
1,666,470 

139,815
2,128,834
2,268,649

Total cash and cash equivalents 

665,531  1,313,927 

1,979,458 

720,334 

1,709,365 

2,429,699

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5: SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Unrestricted 
Interest earning 
Term deposits maturing between three to six months 
Term deposits maturing between six to twelve months 
Total unrestricted short-term investments 
Affected by drawing restrictions related to minimum  
   reserve and derivative margin requirements
Non-interest earning 
Demand deposits 
Interest earning 
Demand deposits 
Total restricted short-term investments 

2011 
Non-  
Bermuda  

Bermuda  

Total  

Bermuda 

- 
- 
- 

4,630 
2,900 
7,530 

4,630 
2,900 
7,530 

- 

12,394 

12,394 

- 
- 
- 

- 

2010 
Non- 
Bermuda 

392 
1,215 
1,607 

Total

392
1,215
1,607

6,156 

6,156

12,641 
12,641 

2,249 
14,643 

14,890 
27,284 

18,157 
18,157 

472 
6,628 

18,629
24,785

Total short-term investments 

12,641 

22,173 

34,814 

18,157 

8,235 

26,392

NOTE 6: INVESTMENTS 
Amortised cost, carrying amounts and estimated fair value
The amortised cost, carrying amounts and fair values are as follows: 

2011  

2010 

Gross 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised  unrealised 
losses 

gains 

cost 

Carrying 
amount / 
Fair value 

Gross 
Amortised  unrealised 
gains 

cost 

Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Carrying  
amount / 
Fair value 

Trading 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Mutual funds (1) 
Total trading  

5,788 
56,964 
62,752 

419 
224 
643 

(236) 
(568) 
(804) 

5,971 
56,620 
62,591 

6,553 
11,981 
18,534 

150 
273 
423 

(192) 
(677) 
(869) 

6,511
11,577
18,088

Available for sale 
   Certificates of deposit 
   US government and federal agencies 
   Debt securities issued by 
     non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities guaranteed
     by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities  
   Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
   Pass-through note 
   Equity securities 
Total available for sale  

354,847 
778,387 

2,411 
14,419 

(765) 
(2,002) 

356,493 
790,804 

854,273 
927,598 

4,885 
398 

(12) 
(10,502) 

859,146
917,494

111,172 

1,966 

(106) 

113,032 

131,028 

1,675 

(11) 

132,692

122,987 
412,285 
149,759 
33,696 
120 
1,963,253 

38 
421 
- 
- 
- 
19,255 

(1,377) 
(3,744) 
(5,413) 
(6,705) 
(50) 

121,648 
408,962 
144,346 
26,991 
70 
(20,162)  1,962,346 

149,948 
352,960 
152,434 
62,762 
77 
2,631,080 

76 
14 
- 
- 
- 
7,048 

(304) 
(5,504) 
(5,623) 
(5,116) 
- 
(27,072) 

149,720
347,470
146,811
57,646
77
2,611,056

(1) The Bank invested $50 million of seed money in the BNY Mellon Butterfield Income Advantage Fund during September 2011. 

70

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
                      
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011  
Held to maturity 
   US government and federal agencies 
Total held to maturity  

Non-credit
impairments 
recognised in 
AOCI 

Gross 
Carrying  unrecognised 
gains 
amount 

Gross
unrecognised 
losses 

- 
- 

64,789 
64,789 

228 
228 

(429) 
(429) 

Amortised 
cost 

64,789 
64,789 

Fair
values

64,588
64,588

There were no held to maturity investments as at 31 December 2010.

Unrealised loss positions
The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealised losses of the Bank’s available for sale and held to maturity investments with unrealised losses 
that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in 
a continuous unrealised loss position. Debt securities are categorised as being in a continuous loss position for “Less than 12 months” or “12 months or 
more” based on the point in time that the fair value declined below the cost basis.

2011  

Available for sale 
   Certificates of deposit 
   US government and federal agencies 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities guaranteed 
     by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities 
   Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
   Pass-through note 
   Equity securities 
Total available for sale securities
   with unrealised losses 

Held to maturity 
   US government and federal agencies 
Total held to maturity securities
   with unrealised losses 

2010  

Available for sale 
   Certificates of deposit 
   US government and federal agencies 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities guaranteed 
     by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities 
   Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
   Pass-through note 
Total available for sale securities 
   with unrealised losses 

Less than 12 months 
Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

12 months or more
Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

Total 
fair value 

Total gross
unrealised
losses 

48,623 
144,364 
9,493 

30,179 
217,612 
- 
- 
70 

(765) 
(1,585) 
(54) 

(3) 
(2,859) 
- 
- 
(50) 

- 
72,600 
2,198 

47,267 
125,101 
144,346 
26,992 
- 

- 
(417) 
(52) 

(1,374) 
(885) 
(5,413) 
(6,705) 
- 

48,623 
216,964 
11,691 

77,446 
342,713 
144,346 
26,992 
70 

(765)
(2,002)
(106)

(1,377)
(3,744)
(5,413)
(6,705)
(50)

450,341 

(5,316) 

418,504 

(14,846) 

868,845 

(20,162)

30,034 

30,034 

(429) 

(429) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

30,034 

30,034 

(429)

(429)

Less than 12 months 
Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

12 months or more
Gross 
unrealised 
losses 

Fair 
value 

128,619 
775,157 
3,239 

108,611 
8,075 
- 
33,304 

(12) 
(10,459) 
(11) 

(304) 
(46) 
- 
(2,589) 

- 
23,337 
- 

- 
322,995 
146,811 
24,342 

- 
(43) 
- 

- 
(5,458) 
(5,623) 
(2,527) 

Total 
fair value 

128,619 
798,494 
3,239 

108,611 
331,070 
146,811 
57,646 

Total gross
unrealised
losses 

(12)
(10,502)
(11)

(304)
(5,504)
(5,623)
(5,116)

1,057,005 

(13,421) 

517,485 

(13,651) 

1,574,490 

(27,072)

There were no held to maturity investments as at 31 December 2010.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a description of the Bank’s main investments. 

Certificates of deposit 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses on the Bank’s holdings of certificates of deposit (“CDs”) were $0.8 million, all of which related to 
CDs that have been in an unrealised loss position for less than 12 months. Management assesses the credit quality of the issuers, which includes 
assessments of credit ratings (the Bank only purchases CDs that are rated investment grade or above) and credit worthiness of the issuer and 
concluded that the CDs do not have any credit losses.

US government and federal agencies 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses on securities related to United States (“US”) government and federal agencies were $2.0 million, 
$0.4 million of which related to investments that were in an unrealised loss position for longer than 12 months. Overall, Management believes that all 
the securities in this class do not have any credit losses, given the explicit and implicit guarantees provided by the US federal government.  

Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses on debt securities issued by non-US governments were $0.1 million, $0.05 million of which related 
to investments that were in an unrealised loss position for greater than 12 months. All securities in this category were issued by governments of the 
United Kingdom and Caribbean jurisdictions. Management believes that these securities do not have any credit losses, given the explicit guarantees 
provided by the non-US governments. 

Corporate debt securities guaranteed by non-US governments 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses related to corporate debt securities guaranteed by non-US governments were $1.4 million, all of 
which related to investments that were in an unrealised loss position for greater than 12 months. All the bank-issued securities acquired are explicitly 
guaranteed by the following governments: United Kingdom, Australia, Denmark and Germany. One security is jointly and explicitly guaranteed by 
three European Governments: Belgium, France and Luxembourg. Management believes that these securities do not have any credit losses, given the 
guarantees provided by the non-US governments.

Corporate debt securities 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses related to corporate debt securities were $3.7 million, of which $0.9 million related to investments 
that were in an unrealised loss position for longer than 12 months. Management estimates of cash flows are based on observable market data,  
issuer-specific information and credit ratings. Management believes these securities do not have any credit losses.

Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
As of 31 December 2011, gross unrealised losses on student loan asset-backed securities were $5.4 million, all of which related to securities that have 
been in an unrealised loss position for longer than 12 months. All of these securities are “AAA” rated and Management believes these securities do 
not have any credit losses. All student loan asset-backed securities are backed by loans that fall within the US federally guaranteed Federal Family 
Education Loan Program (“FFELP”). The unrealised losses were due to maturity profiles that were longer than was initially estimated.

Pass-through note (“PTN”) 
During 2010, the Bank’s investment in its remaining structured investment vehicle (“SIV”) was legally amended to a pass-through note structure 
whereby the Bank maintained the identical beneficial interest in the same underlying securities of the SIV.

As of 31 December 2011, the PTN was in an unrealised loss position amounting to $6.7 million (2010: $5.1 million) for a period exceeding 12 months. 
Unrealised losses have increased since 31 December 2010 as a result of general risk aversion in the market with regards to distressed assets. The net 
present value of expected cash flows, or the intrinsic value, to be generated from the underlying assets of the PTN, calculated on both a stressed and 
severely-stressed environment, is in excess of the amortised cost of the PTN and Management believes that these securities do not have any credit 
losses. Residential housing prices in the United States, a key driver of the underlying intrinsic value, have performed better than assumed in the 
models supporting the intrinsic value, which confirms that the unrealised loss is primarily attributable to market risk appetite and not to fundamental 
valuations.

72

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents securities by remaining term to earlier of expected or contractual maturity:

2011  

Within 
3 months 

  Remaining term to earlier of expected or contractual maturity
3 to 12 
months 

Over 10      No specific 
 years           maturity  

5 to 10 
years 

1 to 5 
years 

Trading 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Mutual funds 
Total trading 

- 
- 
- 

811 
- 
811 

2,026 
- 
2,026 

2,106 
- 
2,106 

1,028 
- 
1,028 

- 
56,620 
56,620 

Available for sale  
   Certificates of deposit 
   US government and federal agencies 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities guaranteed by 
     non-US governments  
   Corporate debt securities 
   Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
   Pass-through note 
   Equity securities 
Total available for sale  

105,318 
- 
7,749 

- 
27,514 
- 
- 
- 
140,581 

174,302 
4,740 
66,056 

90,882 
106,639 
- 
- 
- 
442,619 

76,873 
622,559 
17,905 

30,766 
260,755 
58,183 
- 
- 
1,067,041 

- 
149,245 
20,349 

- 
14,054 
74,999 
26,991 
- 
285,638 

- 
14,258 
971 

- 
- 
11,164 
- 
- 
26,393 

Held to maturity 
US government and federal agencies 
Total held to maturity securities 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

24,854 
24,854 

39,935 
39,935 

- 
2 
2 

- 
- 
- 
- 
70 
74 

- 
- 

Carrying
amount

5,971
56,620
62,591

356,493
790,804
113,032

121,648
408,962      
144,346      
26,991
70 
1,962,346 

64,789 
64,789

Total investments 

140,581 

443,430 

1,069,067 

312,598 

67,356 

56,694 

2,089,726 

Total by currency 
Bermuda dollars 
US dollars 
Other 
Total investments 

2010  

- 
- 
140,581 
140,581 

- 
186,614 
256,816 
443,430 

- 
990,571 
78,496 
1,069,067 

- 
300,714 
11,884 
312,598 

- 
65,358 
1,998 
67,356 

181 
55,226 
1,287 
56,694 

181 
1,598,483 
491,062 
2,089,726 

Within 
3 months 

  Remaining term to earlier of expected or contractual maturity
3 to 12 
months 

5 to 10  
years 

Over 10      No specific 
 years          maturity 

1 to 5 
years 

Trading  
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Mutual funds 
Total trading 

- 
- 
- 

728 
- 
728 

2,968 
- 
2,968 

Available for sale  
   Certificates of deposit 
   US government and federal agencies 
   Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
   Corporate debt securities guaranteed 
     by non-US governments  
   Corporate debt securities 
   Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
   Pass-through note 
   Equity securities 
Total available for sale  

582,783 
660 
- 

- 
39,365 
- 
- 
- 
622,808 

198,362 
23,575 
31,770 

- 
121,878 
- 
- 
- 
375,585 

78,001 
803,851 
80,384 

149,720 
185,160 
5,872 
57,646 
- 
1,360,634 

533 
- 
533 

- 
67,803 
18,298 

- 
1,067 
129,760 
- 
- 
216,928 

2,282 
- 
2,282 

- 
21,605 
2,240 

- 
- 
11,179 
- 
3 
35,027 

- 
11,577 
11,577 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
74 
74 

Carrying
amount

6,511   
11,577
18,088

859,146
917,494
132,692

149,720
347,470
146,811
57,646
77
2,611,056

Total investments 

622,808 

376,313 

1,363,602 

217,461 

37,309 

11,651 

2,629,144

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    73

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010  

Total by currency 
Bermuda dollars 
US dollars 
Other 
Total investments 

Within 
3 months 

- 
257,887 
364,921 
622,808 

  Remaining term to earlier of expected or contractual maturity
3 to 12 
months 

5 to 10  
years 

Over 10      No specific 
 years          maturity 

1 to 5 
years 

- 
112,939 
263,374 
376,313 

- 
1,241,066 
122,536 
1,363,602 

- 
209,736 
7,725 
217,461 

- 
32,786 
4,523 
37,309 

169 
5,273 
6,209 
11,651 

Gains and losses on investments
The following table presents gains and losses on investments:

Year ended  

2011 

Trading 

Available 

Held to 
for sale  maturity 

Total 

Trading 

2010 

Available 
for sale 

Held to 
maturity 

Gains (losses) other than OTTI recognised in net income  (919) 

2,059 

Total impairment applied against carrying amount 
Less: change in non-credit related
   impairments recognised in OCI 
OTTI impairments recognised in net income 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

Net gains (losses) recognised in net income 

(919) 

2,059 

Gross unrealised gains (losses) recorded in OCI 
Realised (gains) losses transferred to net income 
Total net gains recognised in OCI 

Non-credit related impairments recognised in OCI 
Effect of transfer of HTM to AFS  
Net change in gains (losses) recognised in AOCI 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

21,904 
(2,059) 
19,845 

- 
- 
19,845 

Sale proceeds and realised gains (losses) 
During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Bank disposed of: 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

1,140 

971 

(107,047) 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

36,844 

(97,366) 
(60,522) 

1,140 

971 

(167,569) 

21,904 
(2,059) 
19,845 

- 
- 
19,845 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(70,203) 
167,569 
97,366 

- 
(58,557) 
38,809 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
58,557 
58,557 

Carrying
amount

169
1,859,687
769,288
2,629,144

Total 

(106,076)

36,844

(97,366)
(60,522)

(166,598)

(70,203)
167,569
97,366

-
-
97,366

(cid:115)(cid:0) Certificates of deposit totalling $580.2 million in sale proceeds, resulting in a gross realised gain of $0.8 million and a gross realised loss  

of $0.4 million;
 US agency securities totalling $302.8 million in sale proceeds, resulting in a gross realised gain of $1.8 million; and

(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0) Corporate bonds totalling $88.3 million in sale proceeds, resulting in a gross realised loss of $0.2 million. 

During the year ended 31 December 2010, the Bank disposed of: 

(cid:115)(cid:0)
(cid:115)(cid:0)

 SIV investments totalling $87.0 million in sale proceeds, resulting in a gross realised gain of $4.7 million; and
 Asset-backed securities totalling $820.1 million in sale proceeds, resulting in a gross realised loss of $113.8 million.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTE 7: LOANS 
The composition of the loan portfolio by collateral exposure at each of the indicated dates was as follows:

Commercial loans 
   Banks  
   Government 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
   Less specific allowance for credit losses on commercial loans 
Total commercial loans after specific allowance for credit losses 

Commercial real estate loans 
   Commercial mortgage 
   Construction  
Total commercial real estate loans 
   Less specific allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate loans 
Total commercial real estate loans after specific 
   allowance for credit losses 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit card 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 
   Less specific allowance for credit losses on consumer loans 
Total consumer loans after specific allowance for credit losses 

Residential mortgage loans 
   Less specific allowance for credit losses on residential mortgage loans 
Total residential mortgage loans after specific allowance for credit 
   losses 

2011
Non- 
Bermuda  Bermuda 

- 
256,442 
103,922 
64,733 
425,097 
(1,222) 
423,875 

- 
4,230 
186,715 
28,209 
219,154 
(1,655) 
217,499 

Total 

- 
260,672 
290,637 
92,942 
644,251 
(2,877) 
641,374 

2010
   Non- 
Bermuda  Bermuda 

Total

276 
61,739 
249,965 
35,539 
347,519 
(313) 
347,206 

81 
4,365 

357
66,104
191,699  441,664
76,030
40,491 
584,155
236,636 
(577)
(264) 
236,372  583,578

502,110 
37,178 
539,288 
(9,225) 

330,286 
2,814 
333,100 
(2,829) 

832,396 
39,992 
872,388 
(12,054) 

567,776 
44,093 
611,869 
(16,400) 

366,366 
13,047 
379,413 
(5,134) 

934,142
57,140
991,282
(21,534)

530,063 

330,271 

860,334 

595,469 

374,279 

969,748

23,964 
59,469 
9,147 
87,889 
180,469 
(160) 
180,309 

5,862 
25,073 
5,731 
144,002 
180,668 
(388) 
180,280 

29,826 
84,542 
14,878 
231,891 
361,137 
(548) 
360,589 

37,296 
58,582 
4,995 
94,756 
195,629 
(118) 
195,511 

6,025 
25,035 
5,241 

43,321
83,617
10,236
139,450  234,206
371,380
175,751 
(1,529)
(1,411) 
369,851
174,340 

1,348,606  1,082,308  2,430,914 
(10,446) 

(3,184) 

(7,262) 

1,341,461 
(1,710) 

821,857  2,163,318
(6,672)
(4,962) 

1,345,422  1,075,046  2,420,468 

1,339,751 

816,895  2,156,646

Total gross loans 
   Less specific allowance for credit losses 
   Less general allowance for credit losses 
Net loans 

2,493,460  1,815,230  4,308,690 
(25,925) 
(12,134) 
(35,505) 
(12,031) 
2,456,194  1,791,066  4,247,260 

(13,791) 
(23,474) 

2,496,478  1,613,657  4,110,135
(30,312)
(36,463)
2,451,899  1,591,461  4,043,360

(18,541) 
(26,038) 

(11,771) 
(10,425) 

The principal means of securing residential mortgages, personal, credit card and business loans are charges over assets and guarantees. Mortgage 
loans are generally repayable over periods of up to thirty years and personal, credit card, business and government loans are generally repayable over 
terms not exceeding five years. The effective yield on total loans as at 31 December 2011 is 4.90% (2010: 4.81%).

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents information about the loan delinquencies:

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 
   Commercial mortgage 
   Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit card 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

30-59 days 

60-89 days 

2,297 
- 
2,297 

9,866 
16,680 
26,546 

611 
3,944 
6 
2,776 
7,337 

210 
26 
236 

1,280 
1,629 
2,909 

299 
1,722 
9 
839 
2,869 

2011 

90 days 
or more 

6,136 
4,810 
10,946 

47,032 
- 
47,032 

633 
1,272 
76 
3,351 
5,332 

Residential mortgage loans 

68,173 

37,238 

52,983 

158,394 

Total loans 

104,353 

43,252 

116,293 

263,898 

30-59 days 

60-89 days 

Total 
delinquent 
loans 

Loans past due
90 days and
still accruing
interest

Total 
delinquent 
loans 

Loans past due
90 days and
still accruing
interest

8,643 
4,836 
13,479 

58,178 
18,309 
76,487 

1,543 
6,938 
91 
6,966 
15,538 

8,063 
8,709 
16,772 

90,978 
8,068 
99,046 

859 
4,779 
400 
10,169 
16,207 

93,349 

2010

90 days 
or more 

6,639 
8,660 
15,299 

87,908 
- 
87,908 

340 
659 
390 
6,762 
8,151 

205 
49 
254 

99 
8,068 
8,167 

322 
400 
- 
1,689 
2,411 

10,966 

61,098 

21,798 

172,456 

225,374 

-
-
-

8
-
8

-
1,272
11
173
1,456 

17,589

19,053

-
5
5

-
-
-

-
659
8
104
771

29,361

30,137

1,219 
- 
1,219 

2,971 
- 
2,971 

197 
3,720 
10 
1,718 
5,645 

21,285 

31,120 

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 
   Commercial mortgage 
   Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit card 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Residential mortgage loans 

Total loans 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below sets forth information about the Bank’s non-accrual loans:

2011

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Current 

30-90 days 
past due 

Non-accrual 
90 days  gross recorded 
investments
past due 

1,590 
873 
2,463 

8,148 

89 
- 
46 
135 

45 
- 
45 

- 

261 
- 
144 
405 

6,136 
4,810 
10,946 

7,771
5,683
13,454

47,024 

55,172

633 
65 
3,178 
3,876 

983
65
3,368
4,416

Residential mortgage loans 

3,149 

10,907 

35,394 

49,450

Total loans 

2010 

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

Residential mortgage loans 

Total loans 

13,895 

11,357 

97,240 

122,492

Current 

30-90 days 
past due 

      Non-accrual 
90 days  gross recorded 
investments
past due 

- 
- 
- 

- 

130 
- 
164 
294 

- 
22 
22 

6,639 
8,655 
15,294 

6,639
8,677
15,316

2,151 

87,908 

90,059

519 
- 
843 
1,362 

340 
382 
6,658 
7,380 

989
382
7,665
9,036

2,483 

10,870 

31,737 

45,090

2,777 

14,405 

142,319 

159,501

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents information about the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio: 

31 December 2011 

Pass 

Special mention 

Substandard 

Non-accrual 

31 December 2010 

Pass 

Special mention 

Substandard 

Non-accrual 

Commercial loans 
   Banks 
   Government 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 
   Commercial mortgage 
   Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit card 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

- 
260,672 
267,499 
84,131 
612,302 

625,770 
38,363 
664,133 

28,843 
83,159 
14,741 
219,959 
346,702 

- 
- 
10,716 
3,128 
13,844 

109,678 
1,629 
111,307 

- 
- 
72 
987 
1,059 

Residential mortgage loans 

2,293,083 

46,087 

Total loans 

3,916,220 

172,297 

- 
- 
4,651 
- 
4,651 

41,766 
- 
41,776 

- 
1,383 
- 
7,577 
8,960 

42,294 

97,681 

Commercial loans 
   Banks 
   Government 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 

Commercial real estate loans 
   Commercial mortgage 
   Construction 
Total commercial real estate loans 

Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit card 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 

357 
66,104 
421,306 
58,704 
546,471 

773,351 
40,549 
813,900 

42,095 
83,079 
9,286 
215,087 
349,547 

Residential mortgage loans 

2,071,185 

Total loans 

3,781,103 

- 
- 
12,929 
8,311 
21,240 

59,905 
16,591 
76,496 

159 
- 
437 
11,375 
11,971 

38,260 

147,967 

- 
- 
790 
338 
1,128 

10,827 
- 
10,827 

78 
538 
131 
79 
826 

8,783 

21,564 

78

49,450 

2,430,914

122,492 

4,308,690

Total 
gross recorded
investments

-
260,672
290,637
92,942
644,251

832,396
39,992
872,388

29,826
84,542
14,878
231,891
361,137

Total 
gross recorded
investments

357
66,104
441,664
76,030
584,155

934,142     
57,140
991,282

43,321
83,617
10,236
234,206
371,380

- 
- 
7,771 
5,683 
13,454 

55,172 
- 
55,172 

983 
- 
65 
3,368 
4,416 

- 
- 
6,639 
8,677 
15,316 

90,059 
- 
90,059 

989 
- 
382 
7,665 
9,036 

45,090 

2,163,318

159,501 

4,110,135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The four credit quality classifications set out above are defined below and describe the credit quality of the Group’s lending portfolio. These 
classifications each encompass a range of more granular, internal credit rating grades assigned.

Quality classification definitions

Pass: 
A pass loan shall mean a loan that is expected to be repaid as agreed. A loan is classified as pass where the Bank is not expected to face repayment 
difficulties because the present and projected cash flows are sufficient to repay the debt and the repayment schedule as established by the 
agreement is being followed.

Special Mention: 
A special mention loan shall mean a loan under close monitoring by the Bank’s Management. Loans in this category are currently protected and still 
performing (current with respect to interest and principal payments), but are potentially weak and present an undue credit risk exposure, but not to 
the point of justifying a classification of substandard.  

Substandard: 
A substandard loan shall mean a loan whose evident unreliability makes repayment doubtful and there is a threat of loss to the Bank unless the 
unreliability is averted. 

Non-accrual: 
Either where Management is of the opinion full payment of principal or interest is in doubt or when principal or interest is 90 days past due and for 
residential loans which are not well secured and in the process of collection.

The table below presents the impairment methodology applied to the Bank’s loan portfolio:

Total gross loans evaluated for impairment 
Commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Consumer loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total gross loans 

2011 

2010

Individually  
evaluated 
644,251 
872,388 
4,416 
56,832 
1,577,887 

Collectively 
evaluated 
- 
- 
356,721 
2,374,082 
2,730,803 

Individually 
evaluated 
583,080 
991,849 
9,035 
45,598 
1,629,562 

Collectivelly 
evaluated
-
-
362,345
2,118,228
2,480,573 

The table below presents the changes in the allowance for credit loan losses:

Loan Allowances 

Allowances at beginning of year 
   Provision taken during the year 
   Recoveries 
   Charge-offs 
   Other 
Allowances at end of year 

Commercial 
loans 
7,725 
2,259 
546 
(1,360) 
11 
9,181 

Commercial 
real estate 
loans 
28,099 
1,482 
634 
(12,280) 
(10) 
17,925 

2011 

Consumer 
loans 
9,120 
3,882 
2,890 
(6,730) 
6 
9,168 

Residential 
mortgage  
loans 
21,831 
6,703 
13 
(3,412) 
21 
25,156 

 2010

Total 
130,317
41,970
2,456
(107,935)
(33)
66,775

Total 
66,775 
14,326 
4,083 
(23,782) 
28 
61,430 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment 
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment 

2,877 
6,304 

12,054 
5,871 

548 
8,620 

10,446 
14,710 

25,925 
35,505 

30,312
36,463

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    79

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents information about the Bank’s impaired loans: 

2011  

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit cards 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

2010  

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

2011  

Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Consumer loans 
   Automobile financing 
   Credit cards 
   Overdrafts 
   Other consumer 
Total consumer loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total impaired loans 

Gross recorded  
investments 

 Impaired loans with an allowance 
Net 
loans 

Specific 
allowance 

Gross recorded 
investments 

Impaired loans without an allowance
Net
Specific 
loans
allowance 

           4,007  
             669  
 4,676  
         41,697  

           (2,208) 
              (669) 
           (2,877) 
         (12,054) 

           1,799  
                 -  
           1,799  
         29,643  

             240  
                 -  
                 -  
             861  
           1,101  
         30,206  
         77,680  

                (75) 
                   -  
                   -  
              (473) 
              (548) 
         (10,446) 
         (25,925) 

             165  
                 -  
                 -  
             388  
             553  
         19,760  
         51,755  

         6,611  
         6,056  
       12,667  
       23,178  

            743  
                -  
             65  
         2,507  
         3,315  
       26,626  
       65,786  

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

           6,611 
           6,056 
         12,667 
         23,178 

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

             743 
                 - 
               65 
           2,507 
           3,315 
         26,626 
         65,786 

Gross recorded  
investments 

Impaired loans with an allowance 
Net 
loans 

Specific 
allowance 

2,730 
57 
2,787 
53,849 

- 
314 
3,807 
4,121 
18,372 
79,129 

(520) 
(57) 
(577) 
(21,534) 

- 
(314) 
(1,215) 
(1,529) 
(6,672) 
(30,312) 

2,210 
- 
2,210 
32,315 

- 
- 
2,592 
2,592 
11,700 
48,817 

Gross recorded 
investments 

Impaired loans without an allowance
Net
loans

Specific 
allowance 

3,909 
8,620 
12,529 
36,210 

989 
68 
3,858 
4,915 
26,718 
80,372 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

3,909
8,620
12,529
36,210

989
68
3,858
4,915
26,718
80,372

 Average recorded investment 

Interest income recognised

  Impaired loans

9,284 
7,314 
16,598 
         79,801 

           1,167  
               78  
               95  
           4,273  
           5,613  
         36,359  
       138,371  

86
5
91
               520 

                   - 
                   - 
                   - 
                   - 
                   - 
               273 
               884 

During the year ended 31 December 2011, the amount of gross interest income that would have been recorded had impaired loans been current was 
$6.9 million (2010: $10.8 million).

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
The table below presents information about the Bank’s loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring as of 31 December 2011:

Effect of modification 
on recorded investment

2011  
Commercial loans 
   Commercial and industrial 
   Commercial overdrafts 
Total commercial loans 
Commercial real estate loans 
Residential mortgage loans 
Total loans 

Number of  
contracts 

                 4  
                 1  
                 5  
5 
11 
21 

 Pre-modification  Post-modification 
outstanding 
recorded  

outstanding  
recorded 
investment 

Recorded 
investment 

Changes in the 
timing of 
principal or 

Interest 
investment   interest payments   capitalisation

         2,847  
         1,042  
         3,889  
22,279 
7,382 
33,550 (1) 

            2,777  
            1,142 
           3,919  
23,121  
            7,146  
           34,186 

           2,777 
           1,142 
          3,919 
23,183  
           7,336  
         34,438 

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
- 
9 
9 

                 - 
- 
- 
61
180
241

(1) The amount comprised $12.6 million of non-accrual loans and $20.9 million of loans on accrual status. 

The table below presents information about the Bank’s loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring from 1 January 2011 to 31 December 2011 
that subsequently became 90 days or more past due following a modification: 

Commercial real estate loans 

Number of contracts 
1 

Recorded investment
1,519

NOTE 8: CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS 
Concentrations of credit risk in the lending and off-Balance Sheet credit related arrangements portfolios arise when a number of customers are 
engaged in similar business activities, are in the same geographic region, or when they have similar economic features that would cause their ability 
to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic conditions. The Bank regularly monitors various segments of its 
credit risk portfolio to assess potential concentrations of risks and to obtain collateral when deemed necessary. In the Bank’s commercial portfolio, 
risk concentrations are primarily evaluated by industry and also by geographic region. In the consumer portfolio, concentrations are primarily 
evaluated by products. Credit exposures include loans, guarantees and acceptances, letters of credit and commitments for undrawn lines of credit. 
Unconditionally cancellable credit cards, overdrafts and lines of credit are excluded from the tables below. 

The following table summarises the credit exposure of the Bank by business sector. The on-Balance Sheet exposure amounts disclosed are net of 
specific allowances and the off-Balance Sheet exposure amounts disclosed are gross of collateral held as disclosed in Note 13: Commitments and 
Credit Related Arrangements.

Banks and financial services 
Commercial and merchandising  
Governments 
Individuals 
Primary industry and manufacturing 
Real estate  
Hospitality industry  
Transport and communication 
Sub-total 
General allowance 
Total 

On-Balance 
Sheet 
331,726 
278,614 
258,479 
2,301,823 
226,030 
779,450 
97,340 
9,303 
4,282,765 
(35,505) 
4,247,260 

2011 

Off-Balance 
Sheet 
496,753 
137,023 
- 
100,500 
2,692 
94,029 
- 
- 
830,997 
- 
830,997 

Total credit 
exposure 
828,479 
415,637 
258,479 
2,402,323 
228,722 
873,479 
97,340 
9,303 
5,113,762 
(35,505) 
5,078,257 

On-Balance 
Sheet 
355,215 
439,429 
68,250 
2,218,136 
70,212 
789,155 
128,724 
10,702 
4,079,823 
(36,463) 
4,043,360 

               2010

Off-Balance 
Sheet 
423,295 
250,927 
- 
59,979 
42,376 
25,960 
2,804 
200 
805,541 
- 
805,541 

Total credit
exposure
778,510
690,356
68,250
2,278,115
112,588
815,115
131,528
10,902
4,885,364
(36,463)
4,848,901

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarises the credit exposure of the Bank by region:   

Bermuda 
Barbados 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom  
Sub-total 
General allowance 
Total 

On-Balance 
Sheet 
2,479,669 
181,325 
728,572 
454,039 
4,742 
434,418 
4,282,765 
(35,505) 
4,247,260 

 2011 

Off-Balance 
Sheet 
406,094 
8,563 
177,846 
149,387 
90 
89,017 
830,997 
- 
830,997 

Total credit 
exposure 
2,885,763 
189,888 
906,418 
603,426 
4,832 
523,435 
5,113,762 
(35,505) 
5,078,257 

On-Balance 
Sheet 
2,477,937 
188,938 
595,425 
332,827 
69,321 
415,375 
4,079,823 
(36,463) 
4,043,360 

2010
Off-Balance 
Sheet 
441,485 
8,127 
227,023 
106,556 
1,734 
20,616 
805,541 
- 
805,541 

Total credit
exposure
2,919,422
197,065
822,448
439,383
71,055
435,991
4,885,364
(36,463)
4,848,901

NOTE 9: PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE
The following table summarises land, buildings, equipment and computer software:

Land  
Buildings 
Equipment 
Computer software in use 
Computer software in development 
Total 

2011 
Accumulated 
depreciation 
- 
(53,306) 
(44,545) 
(52,525) 
- 
(150,376) 

Cost 
13,371 
184,943 
56,585 
168,738 
2,853 
426,490 

Net carrying 
amount 
13,371 
131,637 
12,040 
116,213 
2,853 
276,114 

2010 
Accumulated 
depreciation 
- 
(46,524) 
(41,588) 
(43,796) 
- 
(131,908) 

 Net carrying 
amount 
13,371
138,811
13,795
16,406
79,572
261,955

Cost 
13,371 
185,335 
55,383 
60,202 
79,572 
393,863 

Depreciation 
   Buildings (included in property expense) 
   Equipment (included in property expense) 
   Computer hardware and software (included in technology & communications expense) 
Total depreciation charged to non-interest expense  
Impairment 
   Write off of computer software in development (included in net other losses) 

2011 

2010

6,819 
2,876 
9,559 
19,254 

5,257
3,207
8,070
16,534

- 

3,831

82

 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table presents goodwill and other intangible assets by business segment:

Goodwill 

Business segment 
Balance as at 31 December 2009 
   Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Balance as at 31 December 2010 
   Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Balance as at 31 December 2011 

  Guernsey 
6,917 
(245) 
6,672 
(38) 
6,634 

 United 
Kingdom 
 9,795 
(450) 
9,345 
(42) 
9,303 

Customer relationship intangible assets 

2011 

2010

  Accumulated  Accumulated 
impairment  amortisation 

Cost 

Bermuda - Wealth Management 
Barbados 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total 

8,342 
6,681 
1,211 
41,010 
5,234 
19,036 
81,514 

- 
- 
(180) 
- 
- 
- 
(180) 

(4,034) 
(3,597) 
(593) 
(27,542) 
(2,867) 
(9,454) 
(48,087) 

Net 
carrying 
amount 

4,308 
3,084 
438 
13,468 
2,367 
9,582 
33,247 

  Accumulated  Accumulated 
amortisation 

impairment 

Cost 

8,342 
6,681 
1,211 
41,242 
5,204 
19,153 
81,833 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(3,479) 
(3,152) 
(511) 
(24,924) 
(2,517) 
(8,304) 
(42,887) 

Total
16,712
(695)
16,017
(80)
15,937

Net
carrying
amount

4,863
3,529
700
16,318
2,687
10,849
38,946

Customer relationships are initially valued based on the present value of net cash flows expected to be derived solely from the recurring customer 
base existing as at the date of acquisition. Customer relationship intangible assets may or may not arise from contracts. The 31 December 2011 fair 
value of customer relationship intangible assets is based on the present value of net cash flows expected to be derived solely from the recurring 
customer base existing as at 31 December 2011. The discount rate used for testing is the discount rate implied in the initial purchase price acquisition.

During 2011 and 2010, the Bank did not acquire new customer relationship intangible assets. Intangible asset impairment loss for the year ended 
31 December 2011 of $0.02 million was recognised. During 2011, the amortisation expense amounted to $5.8 million (2010: $5.7 million) and the 
foreign exchange translation adjustment increased the net carrying amount by $0.07 million (2010: increased by $0.05 million). The estimated 
aggregate amortisation expense for each of the succeeding five years (until 31 December 2016) is $5.5 million.

NOTE 11: CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND DEPOSITS FROM BANKS 
a) By Maturity

Demand deposits 
Demand deposits - Non-interest bearing 
Demand deposits - Interest bearing 
Sub-total - demand deposits 

Term deposits 
Term deposits maturing within six months 
Term deposits maturing between six to twelve months 
Term deposits maturing after twelve months 
Sub-total - term deposits 

Customers 

 2011 
Banks 

Total 

Customers 

961,002 
4,202,728 
5,163,730 

- 
118,449 
118,449 

961,002 
4,321,177 
5,282,179 

977,417 
4,558,249 
5,535,666 

2010
Banks 

- 
10,793 
10,793 

Total

977,417
4,569,042
5,546,459

2,005,446 
131,932 
98,970 
2,236,348 

6,410 
382 
121 
6,913 

2,011,856 
132,314 
99,091 
2,243,261 

2,353,217 
132,359 
127,138 
2,612,714 

64,133 
4,753 
- 
68,886 

2,417,350
137,112
127,138
2,681,600

Total 

7,400,078 

125,362 

7,525,440 

8,148,380 

79,679 

8,228,059

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b) By Type and Location 

Bermuda 
   Customers  
   Banks 
Barbados 
   Customers  
Cayman 
   Customers  
   Banks 
Guernsey 
   Customers  
   Banks 
The Bahamas 
   Customers  
United Kingdom 
   Customers  
   Banks 
Total Customers 
Total Banks 
Total 

Payable 
on demand 

31 December 2011 
Payable on a 
fixed date 

Total 

Payable 
on demand 

31 December 2010
Payable on a 
fixed date 

Total

2,237,849 
109,923 

1,021,747 
- 

3,259,596 
109,923 

2,458,003 
- 

1,146,796 
44,988 

3,604,799
44,988

171,705 

97,378 

269,083 

159,255 

80,686 

239,941

1,319,357 
5,692 

1,018,084 
2,834 

423,436 
6,074 

1,742,793 
11,766 

1,348,636 
8,587 

316,172 
388 

1,334,256 
3,222 

1,010,897 
1,516 

432,140 
22,387 

450,895 
- 

1,780,776
30,974

1,461,792
1,516

55,350 

3,968 

59,318 

84,357 

37,606 

121,963

361,385 
- 
5,163,730 
118,449 
5,282,179 

373,647 
451 
2,236,348 
6,913 
2,243,261 

735,032 
451 
7,400,078 
125,362 
7,525,440 

474,518 
690 
5,535,666 
10,793 
5,546,459 

464,591 
1,511 
2,612,714 
68,886 
2,681,600 

939,109
2,201
8,148,380
79,679
8,228,059

NOTE 12: EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and 
provides post-retirement medical benefits to its qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based upon 
years of service and average salary during the final years of employment. The defined benefit and post-retirement medical plans are not open to new 
participants and are non-contributory and the funding required is provided by the Bank, based upon the advice of an independent actuary.

The following table presents the expense constituents of the Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and the Bank’s post-retirement medical benefits:

For the year ended  

2011     

   2010

Pension 

Post- 
retirement 
medical 
plans  benefit plan 
- 

146,897 

140,874 
2,638 
245 
7,355 
(9,377) 
(1,800) 
- 
13,124 
(587) 
152,472 

143,978 
5,458 
5,559 
245 
(9,377) 
(540) 
145,323 

81,114 
740 
- 
4,428 
(2,047) 
- 
(3,704) 
11,349 
- 
91,880 

- 
- 
2,047 
- 
(2,047) 
- 
- 

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
-

141,645
2,466
-
6,521
(2,452)
-
(40,641)
(26,425)
-
81,114

-
-
2,452
-
(2,452)
-
-

Pension 
plans 
131,177 

125,470 
2,366 
248 
7,424 
(5,727) 
- 
- 
12,959 
(1,866) 
140,874 

135,986 
10,931 
4,557 
248 
(5,727) 
(2,017) 
143,978 

Accumulated benefit obligation at year end 
Change in projected benefit obligation 
Opening projected benefit obligation 
Service cost  
Employee contributions 
Interest cost  
Benefits paid  
Settlement and curtailment of liability 
Plan amendment 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Closing projected benefit obligation 

Change in plan assets 
Opening fair value of plan assets 
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contribution 
Employee contributions 
Benefits paid 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Closing fair value of plan assets 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended  

Amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet consist of: 
Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets 
Accrued pension benefit cost included in employee future benefits liability 
(Deficit) surplus of plan assets over projected benefit 
   obligation at measurement date 

  2011 

Post- 
retirement 
medical 
plans  benefit plan 

Pension 

5,861 
(13,010) 

- 
(91,880) 

2010

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

-
(81,114)

Pension 
plans 

7,199 
(4,095) 

(7,149) 

(91,880) 

3,104 

(81,114)

Amounts recognised in accumulated other  
   comprehensive income (loss) consist of: 
Net actuarial loss 
Past service credit 
Net amount recognised in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  

(40,460) 
- 
(40,460) 

(26,195) 
35,066 
8,871 

(29,405) 
- 
(29,405) 

(15,781)
37,520
21,739

Effective 31 December 2011, the Bank’s post-retirement medical benefits were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for 
remaining active members. The benefits amendment resulted in a further reduction in the post-retirement medical liability of $1.8 million as at  
31 July 2011. The benefits amendment is being amortised to the Statement of Operations over the expected average remaining service lifetime of the 
active employees in the plan. 

The following table presents the expense constituents of the Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and the Bank’s post-retirement medical  
benefit plan:

For the year ended  

 2011 

2010

Post-retirement 
Pension plans  medical benefit plan 

Post-retirement
Pension plans  medical benefit plan

Annual benefit expense 
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortisation of past service credit 
Amortisation of net actuarial loss 
Defined benefit expense 
Defined contribution expense  
Total benefit expense 

  2,638 
7,355 
  (9,173) 
- 
  4,027 
  4,847 
  5,496 
  10,343 

Other changes recognised in other comprehensive income (loss) 
Net (loss) gain arising during the year 
Past service credit arising during the year 
Amortisation of past service credit 
Amortisation of net actuarial loss  
Total changes recognised in other 
   comprehensive income (loss)  

 (15,082) 
- 
- 
  4,027 

 (11,055) 

740 
4,428 
- 
(6,158) 
935 
(55) 
- 
(55) 

(11,349) 
3,704 
(6,158) 
935 

(12,868) 

2,366 
7,424 
(8,617) 
- 
3,386 
4,559 
5,043 
9,602 

(10,645) 
- 
- 
3,386 

(7,259) 

2,466
6,521
N/A
(3,121)
1,634
7,500
-
7,500

26,425
40,641
(3,121)
1,634

65,579

The estimated portion of the net actuarial loss for the pension plans that will be amortised from accumulated other comprehensive loss into benefit 
expense over the next fiscal year is $5.8 million. The estimated portion of the net actuarial loss and the past service credit for the post-retirement 
medical benefit plan that will be amortised from accumulated other comprehensive loss into benefit expense over the next fiscal year is $2.1 million 
for the net actuarial loss and a credit of $6.7 million for the past service credit.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Pension plans 

2011 

Post-retirement 
medical benefit plan 

  2010

Pension plans 

Post-retirement
medical benefit plan

Actuarial assumptions used to 
   determine annual benefit expense 
5.30% 
Weighted average discount rate 
3.75% 
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 
Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets  6.35% 
N/A 
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rate 

5.50% 
N/A 
N/A 
7.5% to 4.5% in 2027 

5.85% 
3.80% 
6.45% 
N/A  

6.10%
N/A
N/A
7.5% to 4.5% in 2027

Actuarial assumptions used to 
   determine benefit obligations at end of year 
Weighted average discount rate 
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rate 

4.65% 
1.70% 
N/A 

4.60% 
N/A 
7.5% to 4.5% in 2027 

5.30% 
3.75% 

N/A   

5.50%
N/A
7.5% to 4.5% in 2027

For 2011, the effect of a one percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed medical cost increase rate on the aggregate of service and interest 
costs is a $1.0 million increase (2010: $2.1 million) and a $0.8 million decrease (2010: $1.6 million), respectively, and on the benefit obligation a 
$17.2 million increase (2010: $13.7 million) and a $13.8 million decrease (2010: $11.1 million), respectively.

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets assumption for each plan, the Bank considered the historical returns and the 
future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocations of the funds. The weighted average discount rate used to 
determine benefit obligations at the end of the year is derived from interest rates on high quality corporate bonds with maturities that match the 
expected benefit payments. The weighted average annual medical cost increase rate remained unchanged in 2011 at 7.5% to 4.5%.

Investments policies and strategies
The pension plans’ assets are managed according to each plan’s Investment Policy Statement which outlines the Purpose of the Plan, Statement of 
Objectives and Guidelines & Investment Policy. The asset allocation is diversified and any use of derivatives is limited to hedging purposes only.

The weighted average actual and target asset allocations of the pension plans by asset category are as follows:

Asset category 
Debt securities (including debt mutual funds) 
Equity securities (including equity mutual funds) 
Other 
Total  

 2011 

2010

Actual 
allocation 

Target 
allocation 

Actual 
allocation 

Target
allocation

45% 
50% 
5% 
100% 

40% 
47% 
13% 
100% 

46% 
52% 
2% 
100% 

46%
47%
7%
100%

Fair value measurements of pension plans’ assets
The following table presents the fair value of plans’ assets by category and Level of Inputs used in their respective fair value determination as 
described in Note 2. 

2011 
  Fair value determination 

2010
Fair value determination

US government and federal agencies 
Corporate debt securities 
Debt securities issued by non-US governments  
Equity securities and mutual funds 
Other 
Total fair value of plans’ assets 

Level 1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Level 2 
5,890 
51,295 
10,143 
74,089 
3,521 
144,938 

Level 3 
- 
- 
- 
385 
- 
385 

Total 
fair value 
5,890 
51,295 
10,143 
74,474 
3,521 
145,323 

Level 1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Level 2 
8,242 
47,912 
9,696 
74,794 
2,957 
143,601 

Total
fair value
8,242
47,912
9,696
75,171
2,957
143,978

Level 3 
- 
- 
- 
377 
- 
377 

At 31 December 2011, 26.3% (2010: 28.7%) of the assets of the pension plans were mutual funds and equity securities managed or administered by 
wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank. At 31 December 2011, 0.2% and 1.6% (2010: 0.4% and 1.6%) of the plans’ assets were invested in Common 
and Preference Shares of the Bank, respectively. 

The investments of the pension funds are diversified across a range of asset classes and are diversified within each asset class. The assets are 
generally actively managed with the goal of adding some incremental value through security selection and asset allocation.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated 2011 Bank contribution to, and estimated benefit payments for the next ten years under, the pension and post-retirement medical benefit 
plans are as follows:

2011  
Estimated Bank contributions for 2012 
Estimated benefit payments by year: 
2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017 - 2021 

Pension Plans 
 3,588 

 5,700 
6,000 
 6,400 
7,000 
6,900 
35,600 

Post-retirement
medical benefit plan
2,807

2,807
3,034
3,271
3,555
3,791
22,876

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were 
$127.5 million and $114.5 million as at 31 December 2011.

NOTE 13: CREDIT RELATED ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS
Commitments
The Bank was committed to expenditures under contract for sourcing and leases of $112.5 million and $30.2 million, respectively, as at 31 December 
2011 (2010: $133.2 million and $29.5 million, respectively). Rental expense for premises leased on a long-term basis for the year ended  
31 December 2011 amounted to $5.7 million (2010: $5.8 million). The expenditures committed under the other agreements relate to the Balance 
Sheet Management Advisory Agreement entered into with Carlyle as disclosed in Note 26: Related Party transactions.

The following table summarises the Bank’s commitments for sourcing, long-term leases and other agreements:

2011  
2012  
2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017 & thereafter 
Total commitments 

Sourcing 
24,886 
23,665 
22,746 
22,566 
18,671 
- 
112,534 

Leases 
5,971 
5,030 
4,941 
4,424 
3,645 
6,210 
30,221 

Other agreements 
4,000 
3,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
7,000 

Total
34,857
31,695
27,687
26,990
22,316
6,210
149,755

Credit Related Arrangements
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of a Bank customer in order to secure the customer’s payment or 
performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent an irrevocable obligation of the Bank to pay the third party beneficiary upon 
presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the 
beneficiary’s claim against the customer. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, whilst the term of the letters of 
guarantee does not exceed four years. The types and amounts of collateral security held by the Bank for these standby letters of credit and letters of 
guarantee is generally represented by deposits with the Bank or a charge over assets held in mutual funds.

The Bank considers the fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee to be representative of the 
fair value of its obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In accordance with applicable accounting standards related to guarantees, the Bank 
defers fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee. The fees are then recognised in income 
proportionately over the life of the credit agreements.

The following table presents the outstanding financial guarantees with contractual amounts representing credit risk as follows:

Standby letters of credit 
Letters of guarantee 
Total 

Gross  
321,059 
13,388 
334,447 

2011 

Collateral 
303,769 
9,876 
313,645 

Net 
17,290 
3,512 
20,802 

Gross  
386,728 
14,115 
400,843 

2010

Collateral 
354,310 
8,655 
362,965 

Net
32,418 
5,460
37,878

Collateral is shown at estimated market value less selling cost. Where cash is the collateral, this is shown gross including interest income.  

The Bank enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for 
specific purposes. Substantially all of the Bank’s commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards 
at the time of loan funding. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of 
the allowance for possible loan losses.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the unfunded, legally binding commitments to extend credit with contractual amounts representing credit risk 
as follows:

Commitments to extend credit 
Commitments to extend credit with terms modified by troubled debt restructuring 
Documentary and commercial letters of credit 
Total                       

2011 
                  491,251 
779 
                      4,520 
496,550 

2010
402,567
-
2,131 
404,698

The Bank has a facility by one of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to US$200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on 
a fully secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilised 
facility. At 31 December 2011, $137.1 million (2010: $174.5 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility.

Legal Proceedings
There are a number of actions and legal proceedings pending against the Bank and its subsidiaries which arose in the normal course of its business. 
Management, after reviewing all actions and proceedings, pending against or involving the Bank and its subsidiaries, considers that the resolution of 
these matters would not be material to the consolidated financial position of the Bank.

NOTE 14: INTEREST INCOME
Loans
The following table presents the components of loan interest income:

Mortgages 
Other loans 

Amortisation of loan premium / discount 
Amortisation of fair value hedge 
Amortisation of loan origination fees (net of amortised costs) 
Total loan interest income 

Balance of unamortised fair value hedge as at 31 December 
Balance of unamortised loan fees as at 31 December 

2011 
95,885 
104,393 
200,278 
- 
(2,498) 
4,693 
202,473 

(11,656) 
7,951 

2010
97,667
93,958
191,625
53
-
6,330
 198,008

-
 7,764

NOTE 15: SEGMENTED INFORMATION
At 31 December 2011, for management reporting purposes, the operations of the Bank are grouped into the following seven business segments 
based upon the geographic location of the Bank’s operations: Bermuda, Barbados, Cayman, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas and the United 
Kingdom. Accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2.

Bermuda provides a full range of retail, commercial and private banking services. Retail services are offered to individuals and small to  
medium-sized businesses through five branch locations and through telephone banking, Internet banking, Automated Teller Machines (“ATMs”)  
and debit cards. Retail services include deposit services, consumer and mortgage lending, credit cards and personal insurance products. Commercial 
banking includes commercial lending and mortgages, cash management, payroll services, remote banking and letters of credit. Treasury services 
include money market and foreign exchange activities. Bermuda’s wealth management offering consists of Butterfield Asset Management Limited, 
which provides investment management, advisory and brokerage services and Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited, which provides trust, estate, 
company management and custody services. 

The Barbados segment provides a range of community and commercial banking services through four branch locations, ATMs and debit cards. 
Services include deposit services, commercial banking, consumer and mortgage lending and credit cards.

The Cayman Islands segment provides a comprehensive range of community and commercial banking services to private and corporate customers 
through five locations and through Internet banking, ATMs and debit cards. Wealth management and fiduciary services are also provided. 

The Guernsey segment provides a broad range of services to private clients and financial institutions including private banking and treasury services, 
Internet banking, administered bank services, wealth management and fiduciary services. 

The Switzerland segment provides fiduciary services.

The Bahamas segment provides institutional, corporate and private clients with a range of wealth management & fiduciary services.

The United Kingdom segment provides a broad range of services including private banking and treasury services, Internet banking and wealth 
management and fiduciary services to high net worth individuals and privately owned businesses. 

88

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Total Assets by Segment

Bermuda 
Barbados 
Cayman  
Guernsey  
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom  

Less: inter-segment eliminations 
Total 

2011  
4,577,775 
303,960 
1,974,338 
1,479,901 
1,118 
77,565 
976,451 
9,391,108 
(566,999) 
8,824,109 

2010   
5,192,585
273,797
2,036,512
1,617,976
1,191
146,069
1,104,946
10,373,076
(750,016)
9,623,060

For the year ended 2011        Net interest income

Inter- 
Customer  segment 
881 
- 
757 
(17) 
- 
264 
(1,885) 
- 

131,056 
11,485 
36,568 
18,396 
1 
1,041 
14,573 
213,120 

Provision 
 for  
credit 
losses 
(1,202) 
(1,156) 
(3,974) 
(637) 
- 
(633) 
(6,724) 
(14,326) 

Revenue 
before 
Non- 
gains 
interest 
income  and losses 
197,816 
67,081 
13,225 
2,896 
64,001 
30,650 
39,406 
21,664 
664 
663 
5,786 
5,114 
16,893 
10,929 
337,791 
138,997 

Total 

  Net income
(loss) 
before 
gains 
expense  and losses 
21,090 
176,726 
1,090 
12,135 
9,013 
54,988 
30,245 
9,161 
(1,411) 
2,075 
(1) 
5,787 
(3,360) 
20,253 
35,582 
302,209 

Gains 
and 
losses 
4,754 
37 
1,955 
242 
- 
3 
45 
7,036 

Net
income
(loss)
25,844
1,127
10,968
9,403
(1,411)
2
(3,315)
42,618

615 
213,735 

- 
- 

- 
(14,326) 

(3,751) 
135,246 

(3,136) 
334,655 

(3,751) 
298,458 

615 
36,197 

(2,761) 
4,275 

(2,146)
40,472

Bermuda 
Barbados 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total before eliminations 
Add / (less) inter-segment
   eliminations / transactions 
Total 

For the year ended 2010               Net interest income

Bermuda 
Barbados 
Cayman 
Guernsey 
Hong Kong* 
Malta* 
Switzerland 
The Bahamas 
United Kingdom 
Total before eliminations 
Add / (less) inter-segment
   eliminations / transactions 
Total  

Customer 
113,259 
12,921 
26,590 
12,521 
1 
5 
2 
2,270 
11,373 
178,942 

- 
178,942 

Provision 
 for  
credit 
losses 
(25,650) 
(1,707) 
(3,808) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,669) 
(7,136) 
(41,970) 

Non- 
interest 
income 
71,325 
2,948 
32,389 
23,003 
2,119 
886 
489 
5,201 
10,027 
148,387 

Revenue 
before 
gains 
and losses 
159,038 
14,158 
57,152 
35,387 
2,120 
891 
491 
3,850 
12,272 
285,359 

Inter- 
segment 
104 
(4) 
1,981 
(137) 
- 
- 
- 
48 
(1,992) 
- 

  Net income
(loss) 
before 
gains 
and losses 
(33,136) 
295 
7,007 
7,762 
390 
30 
(1,668) 
(3,962) 
(3,816) 
(27,098) 

Total 
expense 
192,174 
13,863 
50,145 
27,625 
1,730 
861 
2,159 
7,812 
16,088 
312,457 

Gains 
and 
losses 
(149,940) 
(151) 
(11,600) 
(1,433) 
(3,639) 
(3,790) 
- 
- 
(9,964) 
(180,517) 

Net
income
(loss)
(183,076)
144
(4,593)
6,329
(3,249)
(3,760)
(1,668)
(3,962)
(13,780)
(207,615)

- 
- 

- 
(41,970) 

(4,967) 
143,420 

(4,967) 
280,392 

(4,967) 
307,490 

- 
(27,098) 

- 
(180,517) 

-
(207,615)

* Disposed of the subsidiaries on 8 September 2010; disclosed in the 2010 annual financial statements.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    89
Butterfield Annual Report 2011    89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 16: ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
The Bank uses derivatives in the asset and liability management (“ALM”) of positions and to meet the needs of its customers with their risk 
management objectives. The Bank’s derivative contracts principally involve over the counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the 
Bank and the counterparty to the contract and include interest rate contracts and foreign exchange contracts.

The Bank may pursue opportunities to reduce its exposure to credit losses on derivatives by entering into International Swaps and Derivatives 
Association Master Agreements (“ISDAs”). Depending on the nature of the derivative transaction, bilateral collateral arrangements may be used as 
well. When the Bank is engaged in more than one outstanding derivative transaction with the same counterparty, and also has a legally enforceable 
master netting agreement with that counterparty, the net marked to market exposure represents the netting of the positive and negative exposures 
with that counterparty. When there is a net negative exposure, the Bank regards its credit exposure to the counterparty as being zero. The net 
marked to market position with a particular counterparty represents a reasonable measure of credit risk when there is a legally enforceable master 
netting agreement between the Bank and that counterparty.

Certain of these agreements contain credit-risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to accelerate cash settlement 
of the Bank’s net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event the Bank’s credit rating falls below specified levels or the liabilities reach 
certain levels. 

All derivative financial instruments, whether designated as hedges or not, are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value within Other 
assets or Other liabilities. These amounts include the effect of netting. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative in the Consolidated 
Statement of Operations depends on whether the contract has been designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting. 

Notional amounts
The notional amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as they represent the face amount of the contract 
to which a rate or price is applied to determine the amount of cash flows to be exchanged. Notional amounts represent the volume of outstanding 
transactions and do not represent the potential gain or loss associated with market risk or credit risk of such instruments. Credit risk is limited to the 
positive fair value of the derivative instrument, which is significantly less than the notional amount.

Fair value
Derivative instruments, in the absence of any compensating up-front cash payments, generally have no market value at inception. They obtain 
value, positive or negative, as relevant interest rates, exchange rates, equity or commodity prices or indices change, such that previously contracted 
derivative transactions have become more or less favourable than what can be negotiated under current market conditions for contracts with the 
same remaining period to maturity. The potential for derivatives to increase or decrease in value as a result of the foregoing factors is generally 
referred to as market risk. Market risk is managed within clearly defined parameters as prescribed by Senior Management of the Bank. The fair value 
is defined as the profit or loss associated with replacing the derivative contracts at prevailing market prices.

Risk management derivatives
The Bank primarily enters into derivative contracts as part of its overall interest rate risk management strategy to minimise significant unplanned 
fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Bank’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing 
or maturity characteristics of certain Consolidated Balance Sheet assets and liabilities so that movements in interest rates do not adversely affect 
the net interest margin. Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swap 
contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific Consolidated Balance Sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve 
the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. 

The Bank uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Certain hedging relationships are formally 
designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value or cash flow hedges. Other derivatives that are entered into for risk management purposes 
as economic hedges are not formally designated as hedges and, therefore, are accounted for as if they were trading instruments. In order to 
qualify for hedge accounting, a formal assessment is performed on a calendar quarter basis to verify that derivatives used in designated hedging 
transactions continue to be highly effective as offsets to changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If a derivative ceases to be highly 
effective, or if the hedged item matures, is sold, or is terminated, hedge accounting is terminated and the derivative is treated as if it were a trading 
instrument.

Fair value hedges
Derivatives are designated as fair value hedges to minimise the Bank’s exposure to changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to 
movements in interest rates. The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate long-term loans to floating-rate loans, and convert 
fixed-rate deposits to floating-rate deposits. Changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognised in income. For fair value hedges, the Bank 
applies the “shortcut” method of accounting, which assumes there is no ineffectiveness in a hedge. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value 
of the hedged item are equal to the offsetting gain or loss on the derivative and are reflected in the same line item. During the six months ended 
30 June 2011, the Bank cancelled its Interest Rate Swaps designated as fair value hedges of loans receivable and therefore discontinued hedge 
accounting for these financial instruments. The fair value attributable to the hedged loans are accounted for prospectively and will be amortised to 
net income over the remaining life of each individual loan using the effective interest method.

90

Cash flow hedges
Derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges in order to minimise the variability in cash flows of interest earning assets caused by movements 
in interest rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of such derivatives is recognised in accumulated other comprehensive income, a 
component of Shareholders’ equity. When the hedged item impacts earnings, balances in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the same 
income or expense classification as the hedged item. The Bank applies the “shortcut” method of accounting for cash flow hedges of held to maturity 
investments, in assessing whether these hedging relationships are highly effective at inception and on an ongoing basis. Any ineffectiveness in cash 
flow hedge is recognised in earnings.

As of 31 December 2011 and 2010, there were no cash flow hedges in place and there were no deferred net gains or losses on derivative instruments 
accumulated in other comprehensive income in relation with cash flow hedges.

Derivatives not formally designated as hedges
Derivatives not formally designated as hedges are entered into to manage the interest rate risk of fixed-rate deposits with banks and foreign 
exchange risk of the Bank’s non-USD investments in subsidiaries. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not formally designated as 
hedges are recognised in income.

Client service derivatives
The Bank enters into foreign exchange contracts and interest rate caps primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of its customers. Foreign 
exchange contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date at a specified rate of exchange. Changes in the fair 
value of client services derivative instruments are recognised in income.

The following table shows the aggregate notional amounts of derivative contracts outstanding listed by type and respective gross positive or 
negative fair values and divided by those used for risk management (sub-classified as hedging and those that do not qualify for hedge accounting), 
client services and credit derivatives. Fair value of derivatives is recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other assets and Other liabilities. 
Gross positive fair values are recorded in Other assets and gross negative fair values are recorded in Other liabilities, subject to netting when master 
netting agreements are in place.

2011  
Risk management derivatives 
Fair value hedges 
   Fixed-rate loans 
   Investments 
Sub-total fair value hedges 
Not designated as hedging instruments 

Sub-total not designated as hedges 

Sub-total risk management derivatives 
Client services derivatives 

Sub-total client services derivatives 
Total derivative instruments 

Derivative instrument 

Notional 
amounts 

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

Net 
fair value 

Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

Currency swaps 
Foreign currency options 

Spot and forward
    foreign exchange 
Interest rate caps 

11,436 
18,613 
30,049 

346,453 
65,335 
411,788 

441,837 

  5,775,477 
37,225 
  5,812,702 
  6,254,539 

- 
18 
18 

1,031 
3,160 
4,191 

4,209 

44,207 
89 
44,296 
48,505 

(227) 
- 
(227) 

(105) 
(651) 
(756) 

(983) 

(43,756) 
(89) 
(43,845) 
(44,828) 

(227)
18
(209)

926
2,509
3,435

3,226

451
-
451
3,677

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010  
Risk management derivatives 
Fair value hedges 
   Fixed-rate loans 
   Investments 
   Customer deposits 
Sub-total fair value hedges 
Not designated as hedging instruments 

Sub-total not designated as hedges 

Sub-total risk management derivatives 
Client services derivatives 

Sub-total client services derivatives 

Derivative instrument 

Notional 
amounts 

Positive 
fair value 

Negative 
fair value 

Net 
fair value 

Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps 

Interest rate swaps 
Currency swaps 

Spot and forward
   foreign exchange 
Interest rate caps 

175,858 
34,316 
5,447 
215,621 

360,000 
264,843 
624,843 

840,464 

4,842,989 
37,435 
4,880,424 

47 
228 
- 
275 

1,481 
4,028 
5,509 

5,784 

39,774 
389 
40,163 

(17,151) 
- 
(26) 
(17,177) 

(555) 
(1) 
(556) 

(17,104)
228
(26)
(16,902)

926
4,027
4,953

(17,733) 

(11,949)

(39,755) 
(389) 
(40,144) 

19
-
19

Total derivative instruments 

5,720,888 

45,947 

(57,877) 

(11,930)

The following table shows the location and amount of gains (losses) recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Derivative Instrument 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign exchange 
Foreign currency options 
Total net gains recognised in net income 

Consolidated Statement of Operations line item 
Net other gains (losses) 
Foreign exchange revenue 
Foreign exchange revenue 

    For the year ended

 2011  
(906) 
699 
1,092 
885 

2010
1,154
1,076
-
  2,230

NOTE 17: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such fair value based 
on the type of input used in the related valuations, as described in Note 2. 

Management classifies items that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis based on the Level of Inputs used in their respective fair value 
determination, as described in Note 2.

Financial instruments in Level 1 include listed equity shares and actively traded redeemable mutual funds.

Financial instruments in Level 2 include equity securities not actively traded, certificates of deposit, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities and 
other asset-backed securities, interest rate swaps and caps and forward foreign exchange contracts, and mutual funds not actively traded.

Financial instruments in Level 3 include non-redeemable private equity shares, corporate bonds, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed 
securities for which the market is relatively illiquid and for which information about actual trading prices is not readily available.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items that are recognised at fair value on a recurring basis 

  2011 
 Fair value 

  2010

      Fair value

Financial assets

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 
carrying 
amount / 
Fair value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Total
carrying
amount /
Level 3  Fair value

Trading 
Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
Mutual funds 
Total Trading 

- 
5,368 
5,368 

5,971 
51,252 
57,223 

Available for sale 
Certificates of deposit 
US government and federal agencies 
Debt securities issued by non-US governments 
Corporate debt securities guaranteed
   by non-US governments 
Corporate debt securities 
Asset-backed securities - Student loans 
Pass-through note 
Equity securities 
Total Available for sale 

- 
- 
- 

356,493 
790,804 
113,032 

121,648 
- 
408,962 
- 
133,182 
- 
- 
- 
- 
70 
-  1,924,191 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

5,971 
56,620 
62,591 

- 
10,021 
10,021 

6,511 
1,556 
8,067 

356,493 
790,804 
113,032 

- 
- 
11,164 
26,991 
- 
38,155 

121,648 
408,962 
144,346 
26,991 
70 
1,962,346 

- 
- 
- 

859,146 
917,494 
132,692 

149,720 
- 
347,470 
- 
135,632 
- 
24,342 
- 
- 
77 
-  2,566,573 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

6,511
11,577
18,088

859,146
917,494
132,692

- 
- 
11,179 
33,304 
- 

149,720
347,470
146,811
57,646
77
44,483  2,611,056

Other assets - Derivatives 
Other assets - Closed ended real estate fund 

- 
- 

48,505 
- 

- 
6,199 

48,505 
6,199 

Financial liabilities 
Other liabilities – Derivatives 

- 

(44,828) 

- 

(44,828) 

- 
- 

- 

45,947 
- 

- 
9,044 

45,947
9,044

57,877 

- 

57,877

Consistent with the significant accounting policy in Note 2, the current carrying value of other real estate owned will be adjusted to fair value only 
when there is a devaluation below cost.  

Transfers of securities 

2011 

2010

Transfers out of Level 1 
Transfers into Level 2 

Trading 
investments 
(50,035) 
50,035 

Available for  
 sale investments 
- 
- 

Trading 
investments 
- 
- 

Available for
sale investments
-
1,002,803

The transfer out of Level 1 and into Level 2 represents transfers of mutal funds classified at measurement date based on the level of trading. 

Level 3 reconciliation 

  2011 

Carrying amount at beginning of year 
Purchases 
Proceeds from sale / Capital distributions 
Accretion recognised in net income 
Realised and unrealised losses recognised 
   in other comprehensive income 
Transfers in and out of Level 3 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment 
Carrying amount at end of year 

 Available 
 for sale 
 investments 
  44,483 
290 
 (3,973) 
  1,776 

 (4,421) 
- 
- 
  38,155 

Closed 
ended 
property 
fund 
9,044 
1,185 
(3,765) 
- 

(251) 
- 
(14) 
6,199 

  2010 

Available 
for sale 
investments 
382,452 
- 
(103,064) 
(3,245) 

Closed
ended
property
fund
8,307
-
-
1,020

Trading 
investments 
296 
151 
(447) 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(137,093) 
(94,567) 
                     -  
44,483 

-  
-
(283)
9,044

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items other than those recognised at fair value on a recurring basis

Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Investments held to maturity 
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 
Financial liabilities 
Customer deposits 
   Demand deposits 
   Term deposits 
Deposits from banks 
Subordinated capital 

  2011 

   2010  

Carrying 
amount 

Fair  Appreciation / 
(depreciation) 

value 

 Carrying 
   amount  

 Fair   Appreciation / 
(depreciation) 

   value  

1,979,458 
34,814 
64,789 
4,247,260 

1,979,458 
34,814 
64,588 
4,241,040 

5,163,730 
2,236,348 
125,362 
267,755 

5,163,730 
2,232,570 
125,362 
225,019 

- 
- 
(201) 
(6,220) 

- 
3,778 
- 
42,736 

2,429,699 
26,392 
- 
4,043,360 

2,429,699 
26,392 
- 
4,043,360 

-
-
-
-

5,535,666 
2,612,714 
79,679 
282,799 

5,535,666 
2,621,188 
79,679 
244,606 

-
(8,474)
-
38,193

NOTE 18: INTEREST RATE RISK 
The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and Shareholders’ equity and off-Balance Sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual 
maturity, expected maturity or repricing date. Use of this table to derive information about the Bank’s interest rate risk position is limited by the fact 
that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this 
include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at 
contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity. Investments are shown based on expected duration, which the 
Bank believes is more representative of maturity date than actual contractual maturity.

2011  

      Earlier of maturity or repricing date

(in $ millions)  
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Short-term investments 
Investments  
Loans  
Premises, equipment and computer software 
Other assets 
Total assets  
Liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 
Shareholders’ equity 
Demand deposits 
Term deposits 
Other liabilities 
Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 
Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate sensitivity gap 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap 

Within 3 
months 

3 to 6 
months 

6 to 12 
months 

1 to 5 
years 

After 
5 years 

Non-interest
bearing 
funds 

1,772 
15 
450 
3,534 
- 
- 
5,771 

- 
4,321 
1,712 
- 
98 
6,131 
2 
(358) 
(358) 

- 
5 
209 
121 
- 
- 
335 

- 
- 
300 
- 
- 
300 
8 
43 
(315) 

- 
3 
128 
53 
- 
- 
184 

- 
- 
132 
- 
- 
132 
(2) 
50 
(265) 

- 
- 
993 
368 
- 
- 
1,361 

- 
- 
99 
- 
145 
244 
(8) 
1,109 
844 

- 
- 
253 
117 
- 
- 
370 

- 
- 
- 
- 
25 
25 
- 
345 
1,189 

207 
12 
57 
54 
276 
197 
803 

830 
961 
- 
201 
- 
1,992 
- 
(1,189) 
- 

Total

1,979
35
2,090
4,247
276
197
8,824

830
5,282
2,243
201
268
8,824
-
-
-

94
94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010  

               Earlier of maturity or repricing date

(in $ millions)  
Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Short-term investments 
Investments  
Loans  
Premises, equipment and computer software 
Other assets 
Total assets  
Liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 
Shareholders’ equity 
Demand deposits 
Term deposits 
Other liabilities 
Subordinated capital 
Total liabilities and Shareholders’ equity 

Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate sensitivity gap 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap 

Within 3 
months 

3 to 6 
months 

6 to 12 
months 

1 to 5 
years 

After 
5 years 

Non-interest
bearing 
funds 

2,269 
19 
1,139 
3,588 
- 
- 
7,015 

- 
4,569 
2,042 
- 
90 
6,701 

448 
762 
762 

- 
- 
14 
63 
- 
- 
77 

- 
- 
376 
- 
- 
376 

- 
1 
200 
48 
- 
- 
249 

- 
- 
137 
- 
- 
137 

- 
(299) 
463 

(339) 
(227) 
236 

- 
- 
1,115 
138 
- 
- 
1,253 

- 
- 
126 
- 
168 
294 

(48) 
911 
1,147 

- 
- 
92 
109 
- 
- 
201 

- 
- 
1 
- 
25 
26 

(61) 
114 
1,261 

161 
6 
69 
97 
262 
233 
828 

809 
977 
- 
303 
- 
2,089 

- 
(1,261) 
- 

Total

2,430
26
2,629
4,043
262
233
9,623

809
5,546
2,682
303
283
9,623

-
-
-

NOTE 19: SUBORDINATED CAPITAL 
On 28 May 2003, the Bank issued US $125 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in two tranches, 
namely US $78 million in Series A notes due 2013 and US $47 million in Series B notes due 2018. The issuance was by way of private placement with 
US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (BSX) in the specialist debt securities category. Part proceeds of the 
issue were used to repay the entire amount of the US $75 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in July 2003. The notes issued under 
Series A paid a fixed coupon of 3.94% until 27 May 2008 when it was redeemed in whole by the Bank. The Series B notes pay a fixed coupon of 
5.15% until 27 May 2013 when they become redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series B notes were priced at a spread of 1.35% over the 
10-year US Treasury yield. 

On 2 April 2004, in conjunction with the acquisition of Leopold Joseph, the Bank assumed a subordinated debt of £5 million which is included in the 
Balance Sheet in the amount of $7.8 million. The issuance was by way of private placement in the United Kingdom and pays a fixed coupon of 9.29% 
until February 2012 when it becomes redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank and 10.29% thereafter until February 2017. 

On 27 June 2005, the Bank issued US $150 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par in two tranches, namely 
US $90 million in Series A notes due 2015 and US $60 million in Series B notes due 2020. The issuance was by way of private placement with US 
institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon 
of 4.81% until 2 July 2010 after which the coupon rate became floating and the principal became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. At 31 
December 2011, the Bank has not redeemed any of the Notes issues under Series A and effective 2 July 2010 the coupon rate became floating at 3 
months US$ LIBOR + 1.095%. The Series B notes pay a fixed coupon of 5.11% until 2 July 2015 when they also become redeemable in whole at the 
Bank’s option. The Series A notes were priced at a spread of 1.00% over the 5-year US Treasury yield and the Series B notes were priced at a spread 
of 1.10% over the 10-year US Treasury yield.

During September 2011, the Bank repurchased a portion of the outstanding 5.11% 2005 Series B Subordinated Notes (“the Note”). The face value 
of the portion of the Note repurchased was $15 million and the purchase price paid for the repurchase was $13.875 million, which realised a gain of 
$1.125 million. 

On 27 May 2008, the Bank issued US $78 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in two tranches, 
namely US $53 million in Series A notes due 2018 and US $25 million in Series B notes due 2023. The issuance was by way of private placement with 
US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used to repay the 
entire amount of the US $78 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in May 2008. The notes issued under Series A pay a fixed coupon of 
7.59% until 27 May 2013 when they become redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. The Series B notes pay a fixed coupon of 8.44% until 27 
May 2018 when they also become redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series A notes were priced at a spread of 4.34% over the 5-year US 
Treasury yield and the Series B notes were priced at a spread of 4.51% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. 

Interest capitalised during 2011 amounted to $2.8 million (2010: $3.0 million) and is excluded from interest expense in the Consolidated Statement 
of Operations.

The following table presents the contractual maturity and interest payments for subordinated capital issued by the Bank as at 31 December 2011. The 
interest payments are calculated until contractual maturity using the current LIBOR rates.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    95
Butterfield Annual Report 2011    95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents for the remaining subordinated capital issued by the Bank as at 31 December 2011.

  Interest rate 
until date 
Earliest date 
redeemable  maturity date  redeemable 

Contractual 

 Interest payments until 
 contractual maturity

              Interest rate from
                        earliest date 
Principal  Within  1 to 5   After
 redeemable to contractual 
                              maturity  outstanding  1 year  years  5 years

Subordinated capital 
Bermuda 
   2003 issuance - Series B  27 May 2013 
2 July 2010 
   2005 issuance - Series A 
   2005 issuance - Series B 
2 July 2015 
   2008 issuance - Series A  27 May 2013 
   2008 issuance - Series B  27 May 2018 
Subsidiary 
Total 

27 May 2018 
2 July 2015 
2 July 2020 
27 May 2018 
27 May 2023 
8 February 2012  8 February 2017 

5.15%     3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.000% 
4.81%     3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.095% 
5.11%     3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.695% 
7.59%     3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.185% 
8.44%     3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.929% 
9.29%                                          10.29% 

1,815
47,000  2,421  5,464 
-
90,000  1,470  4,029 
45,000  2,300  8,184  3,841
53,000  4,023  10,870  3,779
25,000  2,110  8,440  10,056
399
267,755  13,083  40,179  19,890

759  3,192 

7,755 

NOTE 20: EARNINGS PER SHARE  
Earnings per Share has been calculated using the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during the year after deduction of the 
Shares held as Treasury stock. The dilutive effect of Share-based compensation plans was calculated using the Treasury stock method, whereby the 
proceeds received from the exercise of Share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding Shares, using the average market 
price of the Bank’s Shares for the year. Diluted earnings per Common Share include the dilutive effect resulting from the conversion of Treasury stock. 
Numbers of Shares are expressed in thousands.

Basic earnings per Share
Net income (loss) for the year 
Less: Preference dividends declared and guarantee fee 
Net income (loss) attributable to Common Shareholders 

Weighted average number of participating Shares(1)  
Weighted average number of Common Shares held as Treasury stock  
Adjusted weighted average number of Common Shares  

Diluted earnings per Share 
Net income (loss) attributable to Common Shareholders 

Weighted average number of participating Shares (1) 
Weighted average number of Common Shares held as Treasury stock  
Weighted average number of dilutive Share-based awards 
Adjusted weighted average number of diluted Common Shares  

 2011 

2010

40,472 
(21,270) 
19,202 

556,933 
(2,283) 
554,650 
0.03 

(207,615)
(18,000)
(225,615)

479,882
(2,657)
477,225
(0.47)

19,202 

(225,615)

556,933 
(2,283) 
965 
555,615 
0.03 

479,882
(2,657)
-
477,225
(0.47)

(1) The Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares are classified as participating securities as they are entitled to dividends declared to Common 
Shareholders on a 1:1 basis and are therefore included in the basic earnings per Share calculation.

During 2011, weighted-average options to purchase 34.5 million (2010: 26.5 million) Shares of Common stock (see Note 21), were outstanding but 
were anti-dilutive and, therefore, not included in the computation of diluted earnings per Share. Each of these options was considered anti-dilutive 
because the sum of the option’s expense that will be recognised in the future and its exercise price was greater than the average market price of the 
Bank‘s Common stock. 

During 2011, the weighted-average number of outstanding awards of unvested Common Shares (see Note 21) was 3.28 million (2010: nil). All 
unvested awards of Common Shares were considered dilutive because each award’s unrecognised expense was lower than the average market price 
of the Bank‘s Common stock. The awards’ yet unrecognised expense is considered to be the proceeds the employees would need to pay to purchase 
accelerated vesting of the awards. For purpose of calculating dilution, such proceeds are assumed to be used by the Bank to buy-back Shares at the 
average market price. The weighted-average number of outstanding awards net of the assumed weighted-average number of Shares bought-back is 
included in the number of diluted participating Shares.

Warrants issued to the Government of Bermuda in exchange for the Government’s guarantee of the Preference Shares, with an exercise price of $3.61 
for 4.15 million Shares of Common stock were not included in the computation of earnings per Share in 2011 and 2010 because the exercise price was 
greater than the average market price of the Bank‘s Common stock.

96

 
 
  
                                                               
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
NOTE 21: SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 
The following table presents the Share-based compensation cost that has been charged against net income and the value of Share-based 
settlements. 

Share-based compensation plans 
Awards granted in years 2009 and prior 
Awards granted in years 2010 and 2011 
Total Share-based compensation 
Share-based settlement plans 
Directors Shares and retainers settlement plans 
Total Share-based payments  

Unrecognised expense 
2010 Stock Option Plan 
   Time Vesting Options 
   Performance Vesting Options 
2011 EDIP 
2011 ELTIP 
   Time Vesting Shares 
   Performance Vesting Shares 

                    For the year ended

2011 

   2010 

Stock option 
plans 

EDIP 
and ELTIP 

Stock option  
plans  

Total 

EDIP 
and ELTIP 

1,703 
1,703 

1,876 
1,876 

3,579 
3,579 

344 
3,923 

2,655 
1,305 
3,960 

3,381 
- 
3,381 

Total

6,036
1,305
7,341

271
7,612

For the year ended 2011

5,731
9,169
915

952
961
17,728

On 22 February 2011, the Board approved the 2010 Employee deferred incentive plan and the 2011 Executive long-term incentive Share plan.

2010 Employee Deferred Incentive Plan (“EDIP”)
Under the Bank’s 2010 EDIP Plan, Shares were awarded to Bank employees and Executive Management based on time vesting condition, which states 
that the Shares will vest equally over a three-year period from the effective grant date, subject to the employee’s continued employment.

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Outstanding unvested at end of year 

2011
 Number of Shares transferable 
   upon vesting (thousands)
-
1,361
(11)
(74)
1,276

2011 Executive long-term incentive Share plan (“ELTIP”)
Under the Bank’s 2011 ELTIP Plan, Shares were awarded to Bank employees and Executive Management, based on predetermined vesting conditions. 
The ELTIP Plan comprises two types of vesting conditions upon which the Shares will be awarded, i.e.,:

Time Vesting Condition – 50% of each Share award is granted in the form of Time Vested Shares, vesting over a three-year period from the 
effective grant date, subject to the employee’s continued employment; and

Performance Vesting Condition – 50% of each Share award is granted in the form of Performance Shares, vesting upon the achievement of certain 
performance targets.

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Outstanding unvested at end of year 

2011
 Number of Shares transferable 
   upon vesting (thousands)
-
2,560
(10)
(35)
2,515

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 Stock Option Plan
Under the Bank’s 2010 Plan, options are awarded to Bank employees and Executive Management, based on predetermined vesting conditions that 
entitle the holder to purchase one Common Share at a subscription price usually equal to the last traded Common Share price when granted and have 
a term of 10 years. The Plan comprises two types of vesting conditions upon which the options will be awarded, i.e.,:

Time Vesting Condition – 50% of each option award is granted in the form of Time Vested Options and vests 25% on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th 
anniversary of the effective grant date, subject to the employee’s continued employment; and

Performance Vesting Condition – 50% of each option award is granted in the form of Performance Options and vests on a “Valuation Event” 
date (date any of the 2 March 2010 Investors transfers at least 5% of total number of Shares or the date that there is a change in control) and any of 
the New Investors achieve a Multiple of Invested Capital (“MOIC”) based on predetermined MOICs. In the event of a Valuation Event and the MOIC 
reaching 200%, all options would vest.

No options were exercised during the year ended 31 December 2011.

Weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2011 
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2010 

Time Vested Options 
$0.41 
$0.62 

Performance Options
$0.43
$0.66

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted in the year ended 31 December 2011 was calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton 
option-pricing model for the Time Vested Options and the Monte Carlo method for the Performance Options using the following weighted 
average assumptions:

Projected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate  
Projected volatility  
Expected life (years) 

Time Vested Options 
0% for 2010-2012 
1.0% for 2013 
2.0% for 2014 
3.5% for 2015 and later years 
2.0% to 2.2% 
36% 
6.75 years 

Performance Options
0% for 2010-2012  
1.0% for 2013  
2.0% for 2014 
3.5% for 2015 and later years
0.0% to 3.6%
36%
8 to 9 years

The projected dividend yield is based on the Bank’s estimate, as the Bank has suspended dividend payments, but expects to start paying dividends in 
2013. The projected volatilities are based on the historical trading prices of the Bank’s Common Shares. The risk-free interest rate for periods within 
the expected life of the option is based on the US Treasuries yield curve in effect at the time of grant. As the time vested options granted are “plain 
vanilla” options, the Bank uses one-half of the time between the average vesting date and the full option term to estimate the expected option life; 
separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behaviour are considered separately for valuation purposes.

Number of Shares 
transferable 
upon exercise 
(thousands) 
34,308 
1,260 
(1,936) 
33,632 
5,431 

Number of Shares 
transferable 
upon exercise 
(thousands) 
12,428 
28,137 
(6,257) 
 34,308 
6,275 

  2011

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price ($) 
3.26 
1.24 
6.79 
3.02 
12.41 

   2010

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price ($) 
11.72 
1.21 
11.04 
 3.26 
12.38 

Weighted 
average life 
remaining 
(years) 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
($ thousands)

5.91 
4.95 

-

Weighted 
average life 
remaining 
(years) 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
($ thousands)

8.68 
 5.61 

1,069 

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Outstanding at end of year 
Vested and exercisable at end of year  

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted 
Forfeited / cancelled 
Outstanding at end of year 
Vested and exercisable at end of year  

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Compensation
The Bank’s Non-Executive Directors received their annual retainer compensation in the form of cash or fully vested and unrestricted Bank Shares, or a 
combination of the two.

During 2010, a Bank Non-Executive Director received additional compensation in the form of a one-time Shares grant vesting over a two-year period 
amounting to $0.25 million. The Bank has recognised $0.2 million compensation expense for the year ended 31 December 2011 related to the time 
vesting Shares granted. 

NOTE 22: SHARE BUY-BACK PLANS
During the years 2011 and 2010, no Common Shares were purchased.

From time to time the Bank’s associates, insiders and insiders’ associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell Shares, which may result in such 
Shares being repurchased pursuant to the programme, but under BSX regulations such trades must not be pre-arranged and all repurchases must be 
made in the open market. Prices paid by the Bank must not, according to BSX regulations, be higher than the last independent trade for a ‘round lot’, 
defined as 100 Shares or more.

The BSX must be advised monthly of Shares repurchased and cancelled by the Bank and Shares purchased by both the Bank’s Stock Option Trust and 
the Bank’s Charitable Trust. 

NOTE 23: CAPITAL STRUCTURE 
Authorised capital 
The Bank’s total authorised Share capital as of 31 December 2011 consisted of (i) 26 billion Ordinary Shares of par value BD$0.01, (ii) 100,200,001 
Preference Shares of par value US$0.01 and (iii) 50 million Preference Shares of par value £0.01.

On 2 March 2010, the Bank issued 144.8 million Common Shares of par value $1 per Share, for a consideration of $175 million.

Following the Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on 8 April 2010, The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited’s Shareholders approved an increase 
in the authorised Share capital to 26,000,000,000 Common Shares of par value BD$0.01. Subsequent to the increase, conversion of 281,770 
Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares into 233,157,035 Common Shares and 93,230 Contingent Convertible Preference Shares into 77,144,993 
Common Shares took place.

At the Special General Meeting of Shareholders held on 14 April 2009, the Board of Directors were granted the authority to issue, allot or grant 
options, warrants or similar rights over or otherwise dispose of all the authorised but unissued Share capital of the Bank. 

On 11 May 2010, the rights were over subscribed with the maximum allowable number of rights of 107,438,016 were exercised and subsequently 
converted on the ratio of 0.92308 Common Shares for each right unit exercised, amounting to 99,173,842 Common Shares issued.

Following the closing of the Rights Offering on 11 May 2010, the gross proceeds of $130 million were used to repurchase 107,571,361 Shares from the 
2 March 2010 investors at the same price at which the investors originally subscribed for the Shares. 

As part of the cost of the Capital Raise, the Bank’s investment adviser was compensated $10 million in cash and $3.5 million in Common Shares 
at the same prices as the New Investors. On 12 May 2010, in settlement of the aforementioned, the Bank issued 2,896,152 Common Shares to the 
Bank’s investment adviser.

Preference Shares 
On 22 June 2009, the Bank issued 200,000 Government guaranteed, 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Limited Voting Preference Shares (the 
“Preference Shares”). The issuance price was US$1,000 per Share. The Preference Share principal and dividend payments are guaranteed by the 
Government of Bermuda. 

Holders of Preference Shares will be entitled to receive, on each Preference Share only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, non-
cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum equal to 8.00% on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per Preference Share payable quarterly
in arrears. 

At any time after the expiry of the guarantee offered by the Government of Bermuda, and subject to the approval of the Bermuda Monetary 
Authority, the Bank may redeem, in whole or in part, any Preference Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at a redemption price equal to the 
liquidation preference plus any unpaid dividends at the time.

In exchange for the Government’s commitment, the Bank issued to the Government 4,279,601 warrants to purchase Common Shares of the Bank at 
an exercise price of $7.01. The warrants expire on 22 June 2019. 

On 2 March 2010, the Bank issued 281,770 Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares of par value $0.01 per Share and 93,230 Contingent 
Convertible Preference Shares of par value $0.01 per Share, for a consideration of $281.8 million and $93.2 million, respectively. Subsequent to the 
Bank’s Annual General Meeting held on 8 April 2010, the 281,770 Mandatorily Convertible Preference Shares and 93,230 Contingent Convertible 
Preference Shares were converted into 233,157,035 and 77,144,993 Common Shares, respectively.

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    99

As stated above, on 11 May 2010, 107,438,016 rights were exercised and subsequently converted on the ratio of 0.07692 Contingent Value 
Convertible Preference Share for each right unit exercised amounting to 8,264,157 Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares (“CVCP”) issued. 
The Contingent Value Preference Shares have specific rights and conditions attached which is explained in detail in the Prospectus of The 
Rights Offering.

Following the Capital Raise on 2 March 2010 under the terms of the 4,279,601 warrants with an exercise price of $7.01 previously issued to the 
Government of Bermuda in conjunction with the issuance of 200,000 Government guaranteed 8% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Limited Voting 
Preference Shares in 2009 were adjusted in accordance with the terms of the guarantee. Subsequently, the Government of Bermuda now holds 
4,150,774 warrants with an exercise price of $3.61. 

Regulatory capital
The Bank is subject to Basel II which is a risk-based capital adequacy framework developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the 
“Basel Committee”) and has been endorsed by the central bank governors and heads of bank supervision of the G10 countries. In December 2008, 
the Bermuda Monetary Authority published final rules, effective 1 January 2009, with respect to the implementation of the Basel II framework. From 
this date, the Bank has calculated its capital requirement on the Standardised approach under Basel II requirements.

The Bank is fully compliant with all regulatory capital requirements and maintains capital ratios well in excess of regulatory minimums as at  
31 December 2011. As at 31 December 2011, the Bank’s regulatory capital stood at $1,041 million (2010: $1,067 million) with the consolidated Tier 1 
total and Total Capital ratios being 17.7% and 23.5%, respectively (2010: 15.7% and 21.6%, respectively). 

NOTE 24: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Bank had no investments in variable interest entities for which it was deemed the primary beneficiary for the years ended 31 December 2011 
and 2010.

The Bank has an equitable mortgage in a hospitality related company that has been placed under Receivership and as the Bank is an equity holder at 
risk, the hospitality related company was considered to be a variable interest entity. As the Bank did not have the legal power to direct the activities 
of the company that most significantly impact the company’s economic performance it was considered not to be the primary beneficiary.

NOTE 25: INCOME TAXES
The Bank is incorporated in Bermuda, and pursuant to Bermuda law, is not taxed on either income or capital gains. The Bank’s subsidiaries in the 
Cayman Islands and The Bahamas are not subject to any taxes in their respective jurisdictions on either income or capital gains under current law 
applicable in the respective jurisdictions. The Bank’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Guernsey, Barbados and Switzerland are subject to the tax 
laws of those jurisdictions and the jurisdictions in which they operate. 

For the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010, the Bank did not record any unrecognised tax benefits or expenses and has no uncertain tax 
positions as at 31 December 2011.

The Bank records income taxes based on the enacted tax laws and rates applicable in the relevant jurisdictions for each of the years ended 
31 December 2011 and 2010. For the year ended 31 December 2011, the Bank recorded net interest received of $0.03 million and penalties payable 
of $0.02 million.

The components of income taxes attributable to the Bank’s subsidiaries’ operations for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

31 December 
Income taxes in Consolidated Statement of Operations 
   Current  
   Deferred 
Total tax (benefit) expense 
Deferred income tax asset 
   Tax loss carried forward 
   Pension liability 
   Fixed assets 
   Allowance for compensated absence 
   Onerous leases 
   Other 
Total asset 
Deferred income tax liability 
   Other 
Net deferred income tax asset 

2011 

1,006 
(1,039) 
(33) 

6,755 
747 
738 
27 
11 
532 
8,810 

(444) 
8,366 

2010

(3,676)
1,701
(1,975)

5,797
515
676
30   
115
490
7,623

-
7,623

Management believes it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realised.

100

 
 
 
 
NOTE 26: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
Butterfield Fulcrum Group Limited (“BFG”) 
On 8 February 2011, the Bank entered into an agreement with an investor group (comprised of BV Investor Partners, Glen Henderson and Tim 
Calveley, (the “BV Investor Group”)) to dispose of its 36% equity interest on a diluted basis in BFG. The sale was completed in the second quarter of 
2011 and resulted in a gain on sale of $3.1 million. 

Under the terms of the agreement, the BV Investor Group paid down BFG’s existing debt and revolving credit facility with the Bank and combined 
their overall funding requirements with another related entity, FORS Limited (“FORS”), whereby the total loan facilities post-disposition, on 
commercial market terms as to interest rate, repayment terms and security, is $45.1 million. A Bank Non-Executive Director is a minority shareholder 
of less than 1% of BFG. 

As a result of the sale, the Bank paid a dividend of $3.3 million during the third quarter to Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shareholders of 
record on 26 July 2011.

In addition, the Bank has guaranteed to purchase services from BFG, on normal commercial market terms, for three years at minimum agreed revenue 
levels of $5.5 million, $5.0 million and $4.5 million per annum. In the event there is a shortfall, the Bank is required to pay 38% of the shortfall.

Renegotiations of agreements occurred during the third and fourth quarter of 2011, resulting in an expected shortfall from the revenue guarantees 
over the three-year period, whereby the resultant fair value of the liability is estimated at approximately $0.5 million as at 31 December 2011.

Employee loan programme 
As of 17 May 2005, the Bank established a programme to offer loans with preferential rates to eligible Bank employees, subject to certain conditions 
set by the Bank and provided that such employees meet certain credit criteria. Loan payments are serviced by automatically debiting the employee’s 
chequing or savings account with the Bank. Applications for loans are handled according to the same policies as those for the Bank’s regular retail 
banking clients. The Bank’s ability to offer preferential rates on loans depends upon a number of factors, including market conditions, regulations 
and the Bank’s overall profitability. The Bank has the right to change its employee loan policy at any time after notifying participants. The staff loans 
outstanding at 31 December 2011 amount to $251.9 million (2010: $219.0 million) resulting in an interest rate benefit to employees of $6.5 million 
(2010: $6.2 million).

Interested and Director transactions 
The Bank provides loans and other banking services to the Bank’s Directors, as well as their immediate family members and companies with which 
they are affiliated, as described in Section 96 of the Companies Act 1981, in the ordinary course of business the Bank provides these services on 
normal commercial terms in respect of interest rates, repayment terms and security.

During the third quarter of 2011, the Bank provided a loan to a trust company controlled by a Bank Non-Executive Director, amounting to $2.45 
million. The terms of the loan are market related including comprehensive security provided.

Charitable Trust 
The Bank has historically provided a loan facility to the Charitable Trust. At 31 December 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of the loan was 
$1.2 million. The Charitable Trust used the Loan to purchase Shares in the Bank: 772,971 of the Bank’s Common Shares and 6,223 of the Bank’s 
Contingent Value Preference Shares at 31 December 2011 and 2010. 

Financing transactions 
Capital transaction 
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”) and funds associated with the Carlyle Group each hold approximately 18% of the Bank’s equity 
voting power, along with the right to each designate two persons for nomination for election by the Shareholders as member of the Bank’s Board  
of Directors.

Liquidity Facility Agreement 
During 2010, the Bank entered into a commitment letter for a $500 million line of credit at market rates with CIBC, which was subsequently reduced 
to $300 million. The Bank cancelled the credit facility effective 1 March 2011. 

Balance Sheet Management Advisory Agreement 
The Bank entered into a Balance Sheet management advisory agreement with Carlyle Investment Management LLC, an affiliated company of the 
Carlyle Group with an effective date of 1 October 2010. Per the agreement the Carlyle Group has agreed to provide Balance Sheet management 
advisory services to the Bank, including advisory services on valuation assessments, for an annual fee of $4 million for a three-year period.

Financial instruments with related parties
At 31 December 2011, the Bank held $15.9 million in cash and cash equivalents with CIBC and CIBC held $1 million in deposits with the Bank. For the 
year ended 31 December 2011, the Bank held forward exchange contracts with CIBC with a notional amount of $295.8 million and a net realised loss 
amount of $5.7 million. As noted in Note 16, the Bank enters into client service forward exchange contracts to meet the foreign exchange needs of its 
customers. 

NOTE 27: COMPARATIVE INFORMATION 
Certain prior period figures have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. 

NOTE 28: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 
The Financial Statements were available to be issued and subsequent events have been evaluated up to 29 February 2012. 

Butterfield Annual Report 2011    101

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

DIRECTORS’ AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS’ SHARE 
INTERESTS AND DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS 

SHARE DEALING SERVICE  

Pursuant to Regulation 6.8(3) of Section IIA of the Bermuda Stock 
Exchange Listing regulations, the ownership of Common Shares 
and Contingent Value Convertible Preference Shares of the Bank 
by all Directors and Executive Officers as at 31 December 2011 was 
7,750,255 Shares. In addition, this group owns 140 Non-Cumulative 
Perpetual Limited Voting Preference Shares. As of 31 December 
2011, Executive Officers also owned 23,470,000 stock options 
pursuant to the 2010 Stock Option Plan to vest in accordance with 
timelines established by the Plan. In 2010, a Non-Executive Director 
received additional compensation in the form of a one-time Share 
grant of 172,413 Shares to vest over a two-year period. None of 
the Directors or Executive Officers had any interest in any debt 
securities issued by the Bank or its subsidiaries as at  
31 December 2011.

There are no service contracts with Directors, except for that of 
Bradford Kopp, President & Chief Executive Officer, whose contract 
expires on 1 March 2013.

Save for the foregoing contract, and those arrangements described 
in Note 26 to the Bank’s Financial Statements, there are no other 
contracts of significance subsisting during or at the end of the 
financial year ended 31 December 2011 in which a Director of the 
Bank is or was materially interested, either directly or indirectly.

EXCHANGE LISTING  

The Bank’s Shares are listed on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (BSX) 
and the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange (CSX), which are located at:

BERMUDA STOCK EXCHANGE  
(Primary Listing)  
30 Victoria Street 
Hamilton, HM 12 
P.O. Box HM 1369 
Hamilton HM FX 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 292 7212  
Fax: (441) 292 7619  
www.bsx.com 

CAYMAN ISLANDS STOCK EXCHANGE 
(Secondary Listing)  
Elizabethan Square, 4th Floor  
P.O. Box 2408 
George Town, Grand Cayman 
Cayman Islands  
Tel: (345) 945 6060  
Fax: (345) 945 6061 
www.csx.com.ky 

102

Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited  
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3972  
Fax: (441) 292 9947 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com

SHARE PRICE

Published daily in The Royal Gazette in Bermuda and available on  
Bloomberg Financial Markets (symbol: NTB BH). 

Also available on the BSX and CSX websites. 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT 

Butterfield Fulcrum Group (Bermuda) Limited  
Rosebank Centre  
11 Bermudiana Road  
Pembroke, HM 11 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3882  
Fax: (441) 295 6759 
E-mail: bntbshareholders@bfgl.com 

MEDIA RELATIONS / PUBLICATION REQUESTS 

Marketing & Corporate Communications  
Tel: (441) 299 1624  
E-mail: mark.johnson@butterfieldgroup.com 

INVESTOR RELATIONS  

Senior Vice President, Finance 
Tel: (441) 298 4758  
E-mail: john.maragliano@butterfieldgroup.com 

WRITTEN NOTICE OF SHARE REPURCHASE 
PROGRAMME — BSX REGULATION 6.38

No Shares were purchased under any Share repurchase 
programme in 2011. 

LARGE SHAREHOLDERS

At 31 December 2011, the following were registered holders of 5% or 
more of the issued Share capital:

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, 18.64% 
Carlyle Global Financial Services Partners LP, 18.64% 
Wellcome Trust Investments, 6.88% 
Ithan Creek Master Investor (Cayman) LP, 6.71% 
Rosebowl Western, 6.71%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRINCIPAL OFFICES & SUBSIDIARIES 

THE BAHAMAS

This list does not include all companies in the Group. 

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 
Group Parent Company, Community Banking,  
Private Banking, Credit and Treasury Services 

Head Office 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda 
Tel: (441) 295 1111 
Fax: (441) 292 4365 
SWIFT: BNTB BM HM 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Mailing Address: 
P.O. Box HM 195 
Hamilton, HM AX 
Bermuda

BERMUDA

Country Head: Michael Collins, 
Senior Executive Vice President 

Butterfield Asset Management Limited  
Investment Management 

Managing Director: Michael Neff 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12 
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3817  
Fax: (441) 292 9947  
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited 
Brokerage Services

65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12  
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3972  
Fax: (441) 292 9947 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited 
Grosvenor Trust Company Limited  
Personal Trust and Corporate Trust  

Managing Director: Martin Pollock 
65 Front Street  
Hamilton, HM 12  
Bermuda  
Tel: (441) 299 3980  
Fax: (441) 292 1258 
E-mail: info@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Bank (Bahamas) Limited  
Trust & Fiduciary Services, Wealth Management

Managing Director: Julien Martel  
Third Floor 
Montague Sterling Centre, East Bay Street  
P.O. Box N-3242 
Nassau, N.P. 
The Bahamas  
Tel: (242) 393 8622  
Fax: (242) 393 3772  
E-mail: bahamas@butterfieldgroup.com

BARBADOS

Butterfield Bank (Barbados) Limited  
Community Banking 

Managing Director: Lloyd Wiggan 
1st Floor, Carlisle House  
Hincks Street  
Bridgetown, BB11000  
Barbados  
Tel: (246) 431 4500  
Fax: (246) 429 2428  
E-mail: barbados@butterfieldgroup.com

CAYMAN ISLANDS

Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited  
Community Banking, Private Banking, Asset Management,                 
Personal Trust and Corporate Trust 

Managing Director: Conor O’Dea 
Butterfield House 
68 Fort Street 
P.O. Box 705 
Grand Cayman KY1-1107 
Cayman Islands 
Tel: (345) 949 7055 
Fax: (345) 949 7004 
E-mail: cayman@butterfieldgroup.com

Butterfield Annual Report 2010    103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GUERNSEY

SWITZERLAND

Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited  
Private Client and Institutional Banking, Credit,  
Investment Management, Custody and Custodian 
Trustee Services, Administered Banking

Managing Director: John Robinson 
P.O. Box 25 
Regency Court 
Glategny Esplanade  
St Peter Port, Guernsey  
GY1 3AP 
Channel Islands  
Tel: (44) 1481 711 521  
Fax: (44) 1481 714 533  
E-mail: guernsey@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited  
Fiduciary Services

Managing Director: Paul Hodgson 
P.O. Box 25 
Regency Court 
Glategny Esplanade 
St Peter Port, Guernsey  
GY1 3AP 
Channel Islands  
Tel: (44) 1481 711 521  
Fax: (44) 1481 728 665   
E-mail: guernsey@butterfieldgroup.com 

Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited 
Trust and Company Services

Managing Director: Jim Parker 
Boulevard des Tranchées 16 
1206 Geneva, Switzerland 
Tel: (41) 22 839 0000  
Fax: (41) 22 839 0099 
E-mail: switzerland@butterfieldgroup.com

UNITED KINGDOM

Butterfield Bank (UK) Limited  
Private Banking, Asset Management,  
Wealth Management, Credit and Treasury Services 

Managing Director: Raymond Sykes 
99 Gresham Street  
London, EC2V 7NG 
United Kingdom  
Tel: (44) 207 776 6700  
Fax: (44) 207 776 6701  
E-mail: uk@butterfieldgroup.com

104